Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 6971:e859731ea1cd v7.4.803
patch 7.4.803
Problem: C indent does not support C11 raw strings. (Mark Lodato)
Solution: Do not change indent inside the raw string.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Tue, 28 Jul 2015 21:17:36 +0200 |
| parents | 1e621b31948b |
| children | 5f00b8d7148f |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
19 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
20 static void init_users __ARGS((void)); |
|
4940
8bbd0ff486b3
updated for version 7.3.1215
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4938
diff
changeset
|
21 #endif |
| 7 | 22 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); |
| 23 | |
| 3744 | 24 /* All user names (for ~user completion as done by shell). */ |
| 25 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 26 static garray_T ga_users; | |
| 27 #endif | |
| 28 | |
| 7 | 29 /* |
| 30 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 31 */ | |
| 32 int | |
| 33 get_indent() | |
| 34 { | |
| 5995 | 35 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 36 } |
| 37 | |
| 38 /* | |
| 39 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 40 */ | |
| 41 int | |
| 42 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 43 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 44 { | |
| 5995 | 45 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 46 } |
| 47 | |
| 48 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 49 /* | |
| 50 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 51 * "buf". | |
| 52 */ | |
| 53 int | |
| 54 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 55 buf_T *buf; | |
| 56 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 57 { | |
| 5995 | 58 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 59 } |
| 60 #endif | |
| 61 | |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 64 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 65 */ | |
| 164 | 66 int |
| 5995 | 67 get_indent_str(ptr, ts, list) |
| 7 | 68 char_u *ptr; |
| 69 int ts; | |
| 5995 | 70 int list; /* if TRUE, count only screen size for tabs */ |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 72 int count = 0; | |
| 73 | |
| 74 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 75 { | |
| 5995 | 76 if (*ptr == TAB) |
| 77 { | |
| 78 if (!list || lcs_tab1) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 79 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 80 else | |
| 6174 | 81 /* In list mode, when tab is not set, count screen char width |
| 82 * for Tab, displays: ^I */ | |
| 5995 | 83 count += ptr2cells(ptr); |
| 84 } | |
| 7 | 85 else if (*ptr == ' ') |
| 86 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 87 else | |
| 88 break; | |
| 89 } | |
| 164 | 90 return count; |
| 7 | 91 } |
| 92 | |
| 93 /* | |
| 94 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 95 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 96 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 97 * "flags": | |
| 98 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 99 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 100 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 101 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 102 */ | |
| 103 int | |
| 104 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 105 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 106 int flags; |
| 107 { | |
| 108 char_u *p; | |
| 109 char_u *newline; | |
| 110 char_u *oldline; | |
| 111 char_u *s; | |
| 112 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 113 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 114 int line_len; |
| 115 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 116 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 117 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 118 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 119 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 120 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 121 |
| 122 /* | |
| 123 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 124 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 125 */ | |
| 126 todo = size; | |
| 127 ind_len = 0; | |
| 128 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 129 | |
| 130 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 131 * isn't already set */ | |
| 132 | |
| 1324 | 133 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 134 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 135 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 136 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 137 { |
| 138 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 139 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 140 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 141 { | |
| 142 ind_done = 0; | |
| 143 | |
| 144 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 145 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 146 { | |
| 147 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 148 { | |
| 149 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 150 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 151 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 152 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 153 break; | |
| 154 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 155 ++ind_len; | |
| 156 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 157 } | |
| 158 else | |
| 159 { | |
| 160 --todo; | |
| 161 ++ind_len; | |
| 162 ++ind_done; | |
| 163 } | |
| 164 ++p; | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 | |
| 1324 | 167 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 168 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 169 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 170 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 171 | |
| 7 | 172 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 173 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 174 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 175 { |
| 176 doit = TRUE; | |
| 177 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 178 ++ind_len; | |
| 179 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 180 } | |
| 181 } | |
| 182 | |
| 183 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 184 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 185 { | |
| 186 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 187 doit = TRUE; | |
| 188 else | |
| 189 ++p; | |
| 190 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 191 ++ind_len; | |
| 192 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 193 } | |
| 194 } | |
| 195 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 196 while (todo > 0) | |
| 197 { | |
| 198 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 199 doit = TRUE; | |
| 200 else | |
| 201 ++p; | |
| 202 --todo; | |
| 203 ++ind_len; | |
| 204 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 205 } | |
| 206 | |
| 207 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 208 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 209 return FALSE; | |
| 210 | |
| 211 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 212 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 213 p = oldline; | |
| 214 else | |
| 215 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 216 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 217 |
| 218 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 219 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 220 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 221 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 222 { |
| 223 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 224 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 225 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 226 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 227 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 228 * characters, which may have been | |
| 229 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 230 p = oldline; |
| 231 s = newline; | |
| 232 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 233 { | |
| 234 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 235 orig_char_len--; | |
| 236 } | |
| 1474 | 237 |
| 1324 | 238 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 239 * than old) */ | |
| 240 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 241 ++p; |
| 1348 | 242 |
| 1324 | 243 } |
| 244 else | |
| 245 { | |
| 246 todo = size; | |
| 247 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 248 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 249 return FALSE; | |
| 250 s = newline; | |
| 251 } | |
| 7 | 252 |
| 253 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 254 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 255 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 256 { | |
| 257 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 258 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 259 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 260 { | |
| 261 p = oldline; | |
| 262 ind_done = 0; | |
| 263 | |
| 264 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 265 { | |
| 266 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 267 { | |
| 268 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 269 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 270 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 271 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 272 break; | |
| 273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 274 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 275 } | |
| 276 else | |
| 277 { | |
| 278 --todo; | |
| 279 ++ind_done; | |
| 280 } | |
| 281 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 282 } | |
| 283 | |
| 284 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 285 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 286 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 287 { | |
| 288 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 289 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 290 } | |
| 291 | |
| 292 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 293 } | |
| 294 | |
| 295 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 296 { | |
| 297 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 298 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 } | |
| 301 while (todo > 0) | |
| 302 { | |
| 303 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 304 --todo; | |
| 305 } | |
| 306 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 307 | |
| 308 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 309 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 310 { | |
| 311 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 312 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 313 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 5403 | 314 /* Correct saved cursor position if it is in this line. */ |
| 315 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 316 { | |
| 317 if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 318 /* cursor was after the indent, adjust for the number of | |
| 319 * bytes added/removed */ | |
| 320 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); | |
| 321 else if (saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(s - newline)) | |
| 322 /* cursor was in the indent, and is now after it, put it back | |
| 323 * at the start of the indent (replacing spaces with TAB) */ | |
| 324 saved_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(s - newline); | |
| 325 } | |
| 217 | 326 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 327 } |
| 328 else | |
| 329 vim_free(newline); | |
| 330 | |
| 331 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 332 return retval; |
| 7 | 333 } |
| 334 | |
| 335 /* | |
| 336 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 337 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 338 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 339 */ | |
| 340 static int | |
| 341 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 342 int size; | |
| 343 char_u *src; | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 346 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 347 char_u *s; | |
| 348 int todo; | |
| 349 int ind_len; | |
| 350 int line_len = 0; | |
| 351 int tab_pad; | |
| 352 int ind_done; | |
| 353 int round; | |
| 354 | |
| 355 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 356 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 357 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 358 { | |
| 359 todo = size; | |
| 360 ind_len = 0; | |
| 361 ind_done = 0; | |
| 362 s = src; | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 365 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 366 { | |
| 367 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 368 { | |
| 369 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 370 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 371 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 372 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 373 break; | |
| 374 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 375 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 376 } | |
| 377 else | |
| 378 { | |
| 379 --todo; | |
| 380 ++ind_done; | |
| 381 } | |
| 382 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 383 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 384 *p++ = *s; |
| 385 ++s; | |
| 386 } | |
| 387 | |
| 388 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 389 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 390 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 391 { |
| 392 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 393 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 394 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 395 *p++ = TAB; |
| 396 } | |
| 397 | |
| 398 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 399 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 400 { |
| 401 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 402 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 403 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 404 *p++ = TAB; |
| 405 } | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 408 while (todo > 0) | |
| 409 { | |
| 410 --todo; | |
| 411 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 412 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 413 *p++ = ' '; |
| 414 } | |
| 415 | |
| 840 | 416 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 417 { |
| 418 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 419 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 420 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 421 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 422 if (line == NULL) | |
| 423 return FALSE; | |
| 424 p = line; | |
| 425 } | |
| 426 } | |
| 427 | |
| 428 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 429 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 430 | |
| 431 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 432 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 433 | |
| 434 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 435 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 436 return TRUE; | |
| 437 } | |
| 438 | |
| 439 /* | |
| 440 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 441 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 442 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 443 */ |
| 444 int | |
| 445 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 446 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 447 { | |
| 448 colnr_T col; | |
| 449 pos_T pos; | |
| 450 | |
| 3632 | 451 regmatch_T regmatch; |
| 452 int lead_len = 0; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 453 | |
| 7 | 454 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 455 return -1; | |
| 41 | 456 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 3584 | 457 |
| 458 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 3632 | 459 /* In format_lines() (i.e. not insert mode), fo+=q is needed too... */ |
| 460 if ((State & INSERT) || has_format_option(FO_Q_COMS)) | |
| 3584 | 461 lead_len = get_leader_len(ml_get(lnum), NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3632 | 462 #endif |
| 463 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 464 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 465 { | |
| 466 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 467 | |
| 468 /* vim_regexec() expects a pointer to a line. This lets us | |
| 469 * start matching for the flp beyond any comment leader... */ | |
| 470 if (vim_regexec(®match, ml_get(lnum) + lead_len, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 471 { | |
| 472 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 473 pos.col = (colnr_T)(*regmatch.endp - ml_get(lnum)); | |
| 41 | 474 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 3632 | 475 pos.coladd = 0; |
| 476 #endif | |
| 477 } | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
478 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
479 } |
| 41 | 480 |
| 481 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 482 return -1; |
| 483 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 484 return (int)col; | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 | |
| 5995 | 487 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) |
| 488 /* | |
| 489 * Return appropriate space number for breakindent, taking influencing | |
| 490 * parameters into account. Window must be specified, since it is not | |
| 491 * necessarily always the current one. | |
| 492 */ | |
| 493 int | |
| 494 get_breakindent_win(wp, line) | |
| 495 win_T *wp; | |
| 496 char_u *line; /* start of the line */ | |
| 497 { | |
| 498 static int prev_indent = 0; /* cached indent value */ | |
| 499 static long prev_ts = 0L; /* cached tabstop value */ | |
| 500 static char_u *prev_line = NULL; /* cached pointer to line */ | |
| 6010 | 501 static int prev_tick = 0; /* changedtick of cached value */ |
| 5995 | 502 int bri = 0; |
| 503 /* window width minus window margin space, i.e. what rests for text */ | |
| 504 const int eff_wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 505 - ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) | |
| 506 && (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL) | |
| 507 ? number_width(wp) + 1 : 0); | |
| 508 | |
| 509 /* used cached indent, unless pointer or 'tabstop' changed */ | |
| 6010 | 510 if (prev_line != line || prev_ts != wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
| 511 || prev_tick != wp->w_buffer->b_changedtick) | |
| 5995 | 512 { |
| 513 prev_line = line; | |
| 514 prev_ts = wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts; | |
| 6010 | 515 prev_tick = wp->w_buffer->b_changedtick; |
| 5995 | 516 prev_indent = get_indent_str(line, |
| 6012 | 517 (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts, wp->w_p_list); |
| 518 } | |
| 519 bri = prev_indent + wp->w_p_brishift; | |
| 5995 | 520 |
| 521 /* indent minus the length of the showbreak string */ | |
| 522 if (wp->w_p_brisbr) | |
| 523 bri -= vim_strsize(p_sbr); | |
| 524 | |
| 525 /* Add offset for number column, if 'n' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 526 bri += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 527 | |
| 528 /* never indent past left window margin */ | |
| 529 if (bri < 0) | |
| 530 bri = 0; | |
| 531 /* always leave at least bri_min characters on the left, | |
| 532 * if text width is sufficient */ | |
| 533 else if (bri > eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin) | |
| 534 bri = (eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin < 0) | |
| 535 ? 0 : eff_wwidth - wp->w_p_brimin; | |
| 536 | |
| 537 return bri; | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 | |
| 541 | |
| 7 | 542 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) |
| 543 | |
| 544 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 545 | |
| 546 /* | |
| 547 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 548 */ | |
| 549 static int | |
| 550 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 551 char_u *line; | |
| 552 { | |
| 553 char_u *cinw; | |
| 554 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 555 int cinw_len; | |
| 556 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 557 int len; | |
| 558 | |
| 559 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 560 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 561 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 562 { | |
| 563 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 564 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 565 { | |
| 566 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 567 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 568 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 569 { | |
| 570 retval = TRUE; | |
| 571 break; | |
| 572 } | |
| 573 } | |
| 574 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 575 } | |
| 576 return retval; | |
| 577 } | |
| 578 #endif | |
| 579 | |
| 580 /* | |
| 581 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 582 * | |
| 583 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 584 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 585 * | |
| 586 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 587 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 588 * new line. | |
| 589 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 590 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 591 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 592 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 3584 | 593 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST format comments with list or 2nd line indent |
| 594 * | |
| 595 * "second_line_indent": indent for after ^^D in Insert mode or if flag | |
| 596 * OPENLINE_COM_LIST | |
| 7 | 597 * |
| 598 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 599 */ | |
| 600 int | |
| 3584 | 601 open_line(dir, flags, second_line_indent) |
| 7 | 602 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ |
| 603 int flags; | |
| 3584 | 604 int second_line_indent; |
| 7 | 605 { |
| 606 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 607 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 608 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 609 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 610 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 611 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 612 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 613 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 614 int n; | |
| 615 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 616 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 617 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 618 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 619 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 620 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 621 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 622 #endif | |
| 623 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 624 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 625 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 626 char_u *p; | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 629 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 630 pos_T *pos; | |
| 631 #endif | |
| 632 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 633 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 634 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 635 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 636 # endif | |
| 637 ); | |
| 638 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 639 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 640 #endif | |
| 641 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 642 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 643 #endif | |
| 644 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 645 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 646 | |
| 647 /* | |
| 648 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 649 */ | |
| 650 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 651 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 652 return FALSE; | |
| 653 | |
| 654 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 655 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 /* | |
| 658 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 659 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 660 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 661 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 662 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 663 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 664 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 665 */ | |
| 666 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 667 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 668 else | |
| 669 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 670 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 671 goto theend; | |
| 672 | |
| 673 /* | |
| 674 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 675 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 676 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 677 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 678 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 679 */ | |
| 680 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 681 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 682 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 683 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 684 { |
| 685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 686 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 687 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 688 else | |
| 689 #endif | |
| 690 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 691 } | |
| 7 | 692 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 693 } | |
| 694 #endif | |
| 695 | |
| 696 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 697 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 698 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 699 #endif | |
| 700 ) | |
| 701 { | |
| 702 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 703 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 704 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 705 { | |
| 706 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 707 first_char = *p; | |
| 708 } | |
| 709 #endif | |
| 710 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 711 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 712 #endif | |
| 713 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 714 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 715 } | |
| 716 | |
| 717 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 718 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 719 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 720 #endif | |
| 721 ai_col = 0; | |
| 722 | |
| 723 /* | |
| 724 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 725 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 726 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 727 */ | |
| 728 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 729 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 730 | |
| 731 /* | |
| 732 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 733 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 734 */ | |
| 735 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 736 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 737 || do_si | |
| 738 #endif | |
| 739 ) | |
| 740 { | |
| 741 /* | |
| 742 * count white space on current line | |
| 743 */ | |
| 5995 | 744 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 3584 | 745 if (newindent == 0 && !(flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST)) |
| 746 newindent = second_line_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 7 | 747 |
| 748 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 749 /* | |
| 750 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 751 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 752 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 753 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 754 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 755 */ | |
| 756 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 757 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 758 { | |
| 759 char_u *ptr; | |
| 760 char_u last_char; | |
| 761 | |
| 762 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 763 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 764 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 765 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 766 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 767 else |
| 768 lead_len = 0; | |
| 769 # endif | |
| 770 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 771 { | |
| 772 /* | |
| 773 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 774 * recognised as comments. | |
| 775 */ | |
| 776 if ( | |
| 777 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 778 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 779 # endif | |
| 780 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 781 { | |
| 782 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 783 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 784 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 785 } | |
| 786 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 787 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 788 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 789 else |
| 790 lead_len = 0; | |
| 791 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 792 { | |
| 793 /* | |
| 794 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 795 * \* | |
| 796 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 797 * *\ | |
| 798 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 799 * This should line up here; | |
| 800 */ | |
| 801 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 802 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 803 p++; | |
| 804 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 807 { | |
| 808 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 809 { | |
| 810 /* | |
| 811 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 812 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 813 * the comment | |
| 814 */ | |
| 815 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 816 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 817 { | |
| 818 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 819 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 } | |
| 822 } | |
| 823 } | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 826 # endif | |
| 827 { | |
| 828 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 829 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 830 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 831 --p; | |
| 832 last_char = *p; | |
| 833 | |
| 834 /* | |
| 835 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 836 */ | |
| 837 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 838 { | |
| 839 if (p > ptr) | |
| 840 --p; | |
| 841 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 842 --p; | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 /* | |
| 845 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 846 * lines. eg: | |
| 847 * if (condition && | |
| 848 * condition) { | |
| 849 * Should line up here! | |
| 850 * } | |
| 851 */ | |
| 852 if (*p == ')') | |
| 853 { | |
| 854 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 855 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 856 { | |
| 857 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 858 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 859 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 860 } | |
| 861 } | |
| 862 /* | |
| 863 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 864 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 865 */ | |
| 866 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 867 { | |
| 868 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 869 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 870 } | |
| 871 /* | |
| 872 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 873 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 874 * '}'. | |
| 875 */ | |
| 876 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 877 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 878 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 879 } | |
| 880 } | |
| 881 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 882 { | |
| 883 /* | |
| 884 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 885 * recognised as comments. | |
| 886 */ | |
| 887 if ( | |
| 888 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 889 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 890 # endif | |
| 891 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 892 { | |
| 893 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 894 | |
| 895 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 896 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 897 { | |
| 898 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 899 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 900 else | |
| 901 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 902 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 905 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 906 else | |
| 907 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 908 } | |
| 909 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 910 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 911 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 912 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 913 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 914 } | |
| 915 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 916 } | |
| 917 if (do_si) | |
| 918 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 919 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 920 | |
| 921 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 922 } | |
| 923 | |
| 924 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 925 /* | |
| 926 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 927 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 928 */ | |
| 929 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 930 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 931 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 932 else |
| 933 lead_len = 0; | |
| 934 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 935 { | |
| 936 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 937 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 938 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 939 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 940 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 941 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 942 int current_flag; | |
| 943 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 944 char_u *p2; | |
| 945 | |
| 946 /* | |
| 947 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 948 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 949 */ | |
| 950 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 951 { | |
| 952 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 953 { | |
| 954 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 955 continue; | |
| 956 } | |
| 957 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 958 { | |
| 959 current_flag = *p; | |
| 960 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 961 { | |
| 962 /* | |
| 963 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 964 */ | |
| 965 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 966 { | |
| 967 lead_len = 0; | |
| 968 break; | |
| 969 } | |
| 970 | |
| 971 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 972 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 973 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 974 } | |
| 975 | |
| 976 /* | |
| 977 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 978 */ | |
| 979 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 980 { | |
| 981 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 982 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 983 ++p; | |
| 984 } | |
| 985 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 986 | |
| 987 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 988 { | |
| 989 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 990 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 991 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 992 ++p; | |
| 993 } | |
| 994 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 995 | |
| 996 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 997 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 998 | |
| 999 /* | |
| 1000 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 1001 * the comment leader. | |
| 1002 */ | |
| 1003 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1004 { | |
| 1005 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 1006 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 1007 { | |
| 1008 comment_end = p; | |
| 1009 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1010 break; | |
| 1011 } | |
| 1012 } | |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 /* | |
| 1015 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 1016 */ | |
| 1017 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 1018 { | |
| 1019 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 1020 { | |
| 1021 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 1022 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 /* | |
| 1026 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 1027 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 1028 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 1029 */ | |
| 1030 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 1031 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 1032 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 1033 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 1034 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 1035 || require_blank)) | |
| 1036 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1037 } | |
| 1038 break; | |
| 1039 } | |
| 1040 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 1041 { | |
| 1042 /* | |
| 1043 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 1044 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 1045 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 1046 */ | |
| 1047 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1048 { | |
| 1049 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 1050 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1051 break; | |
| 1052 } | |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 /* | |
| 1055 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 1056 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 1057 */ | |
| 1058 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 1059 --p; | |
| 1060 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 1061 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 1062 ; | |
| 1063 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 1066 * the comment-end */ | |
| 1067 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 1070 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 1071 { | |
| 1072 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 1073 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 1074 } | |
| 1075 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 1076 { | |
| 1077 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 1078 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 1079 p2++; | |
| 1080 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 1081 } | |
| 1082 break; | |
| 1083 } | |
| 1084 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 /* | |
| 1087 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 1088 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 1089 */ | |
| 1090 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1091 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1092 else | |
| 1093 { | |
| 1094 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1095 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1096 } | |
| 1097 break; | |
| 1098 } | |
| 1099 } | |
| 1100 if (lead_len) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 3596 | 1102 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_extra later) */ |
| 3584 | 1103 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + extra_len |
| 3596 | 1104 + (second_line_indent > 0 ? second_line_indent : 0) + 1); |
| 7 | 1105 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1108 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1109 else | |
| 1110 { | |
| 419 | 1111 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1112 |
| 1113 /* | |
| 1114 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1115 */ | |
| 1116 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1117 { | |
| 1118 int c = 0; | |
| 1119 int off = 0; | |
| 1120 | |
| 1996 | 1121 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1122 { |
| 1123 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1124 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1125 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1126 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1127 else |
| 1128 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1129 } |
| 1130 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1131 { | |
| 1132 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1133 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1134 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1135 ; | |
| 1136 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1137 |
| 1138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1139 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1140 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1141 { | |
| 1142 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1143 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1144 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1145 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1146 int l; | |
| 1147 | |
| 1148 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1149 { | |
| 39 | 1150 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1151 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1152 } | |
| 835 | 1153 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1154 if (l != 0) |
| 1155 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1156 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1157 lead_len += l; | |
| 1158 } | |
| 1159 #else | |
| 7 | 1160 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1161 p = leader; | |
| 1162 else | |
| 1163 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1164 #endif |
| 7 | 1165 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1166 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1167 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1170 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1171 { |
| 1172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1173 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 if (l > 1) | |
| 1176 { | |
| 1177 p -= l; | |
| 1178 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1181 --l; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1184 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1185 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1186 *p = ' '; | |
| 1187 } | |
| 1188 else | |
| 1189 #endif | |
| 7 | 1190 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1191 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1192 } |
| 7 | 1193 } |
| 1194 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1198 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1199 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1200 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1203 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1204 int i; | |
| 1205 int l; | |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1208 { | |
| 474 | 1209 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1210 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1211 break; | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1214 { | |
| 1215 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1216 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1217 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 } | |
| 1220 #endif | |
| 7 | 1221 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1224 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1225 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1226 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1227 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1228 { | |
| 1229 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1230 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1231 { | |
| 1232 --lead_len; | |
| 1233 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1234 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1235 } | |
| 1236 else | |
| 17 | 1237 { |
| 1238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1239 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1240 |
| 1241 if (l > 1) | |
| 1242 { | |
| 1243 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1244 { | |
| 1245 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1246 * two spaces */ | |
| 1247 --l; | |
| 1248 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1249 } | |
| 1250 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1251 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1252 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1253 } | |
| 1254 #endif | |
| 7 | 1255 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1256 } |
| 7 | 1257 } |
| 1258 *p = NUL; | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1262 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1263 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1264 || do_si | |
| 1265 #endif | |
| 1266 ) | |
| 5995 | 1267 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts, FALSE); |
| 7 | 1268 |
| 1269 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1270 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1271 { | |
| 1272 off = -newindent; | |
| 1273 newindent = 0; | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 else | |
| 1276 newindent += off; | |
| 1277 | |
| 1278 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1279 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1280 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1281 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1282 { | |
| 1283 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1284 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1285 break; | |
| 1286 --lead_len; | |
| 1287 --off; | |
| 1288 } | |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1291 * extra space */ | |
| 1292 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1293 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1294 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 if (extra_space) | |
| 1298 { | |
| 1299 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1300 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1301 } | |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 /* | |
| 1306 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1307 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1308 */ | |
| 1309 if (newindent | |
| 1310 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1311 || did_si | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 ) | |
| 1314 { | |
| 1315 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1316 { | |
| 1317 --lead_len; | |
| 1318 --newcol; | |
| 1319 ++leader; | |
| 1320 } | |
| 1321 } | |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 } | |
| 1324 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1325 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1326 #endif | |
| 1327 } | |
| 1328 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1329 { | |
| 1330 /* | |
| 1331 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1332 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1333 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1334 * comment. | |
| 1335 */ | |
| 1336 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1337 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1339 || do_si | |
| 1340 #endif | |
| 1341 )) | |
| 1342 { | |
| 1343 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1344 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1345 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1348 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1349 } | |
| 1350 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1351 } | |
| 1352 } | |
| 1353 } | |
| 1354 #endif | |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1357 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1360 | |
| 1361 /* | |
| 1362 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1363 * non-blank. | |
| 1364 * | |
| 1365 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1366 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1367 */ | |
| 1368 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1369 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1370 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1371 { | |
| 1372 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1374 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1375 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1376 #endif | |
| 1377 ) | |
| 1378 { | |
| 1379 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1380 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1381 ++p_extra; | |
| 1382 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1383 } | |
| 1384 } | |
| 1385 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1386 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1389 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1393 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1394 | |
| 1395 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1396 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1397 if (lead_len) | |
| 1398 { | |
| 3584 | 1399 if (flags & OPENLINE_COM_LIST && second_line_indent > 0) |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 int i; | |
| 3592 | 1402 int padding = second_line_indent |
| 1403 - (newindent + (int)STRLEN(leader)); | |
| 3584 | 1404 |
| 1405 /* Here whitespace is inserted after the comment char. | |
| 1406 * Below, set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT) will insert the | |
| 1407 * whitespace needed before the comment char. */ | |
| 1408 for (i = 0; i < padding; i++) | |
| 1409 { | |
| 1410 STRCAT(leader, " "); | |
| 3705 | 1411 less_cols--; |
| 3584 | 1412 newcol++; |
| 1413 } | |
| 1414 } | |
| 7 | 1415 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); |
| 1416 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1417 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1418 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1419 } | |
| 1420 else | |
| 1421 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1422 #endif | |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1425 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1426 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1427 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1428 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1429 #endif | |
| 1430 { | |
| 1431 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1432 == FAIL) | |
| 1433 goto theend; | |
| 1434 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1435 * with markers. */ | |
| 1436 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1437 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1438 } | |
| 1439 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1440 else | |
| 1441 { | |
| 1442 /* | |
| 1443 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1444 */ | |
| 1445 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1446 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1449 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1450 */ | |
| 1451 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1452 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1455 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1456 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1457 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 #endif | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 if (newindent | |
| 1462 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1463 || did_si | |
| 1464 #endif | |
| 1465 ) | |
| 1466 { | |
| 1467 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1468 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1469 if (did_si) | |
| 1470 { | |
| 5867 | 1471 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(curbuf); |
| 3740 | 1472 |
| 7 | 1473 if (p_sr) |
| 3740 | 1474 newindent -= newindent % sw; |
| 1475 newindent += sw; | |
| 7 | 1476 } |
| 1477 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1478 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1479 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1480 { |
| 1481 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 /* | |
| 1484 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1485 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1486 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1487 */ | |
| 1488 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1489 } | |
| 1490 else | |
| 1491 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1492 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 /* | |
| 1497 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1498 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1499 */ | |
| 1500 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1501 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1502 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1503 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1504 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1505 if (no_si) | |
| 1506 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1507 #endif | |
| 1508 } | |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1511 /* | |
| 1512 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1513 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1514 */ | |
| 1515 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1516 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1517 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1518 #endif | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1523 { | |
| 1524 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1527 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1528 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1529 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1530 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1531 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1532 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1533 if (did_append) | |
| 1534 { | |
| 1535 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1536 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1537 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1540 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1541 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1542 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1543 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 else | |
| 1546 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 /* | |
| 1550 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1551 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1552 */ | |
| 1553 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1554 } | |
| 1555 if (did_append) | |
| 1556 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1559 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1560 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1561 #endif | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1564 /* | |
| 1565 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1566 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1567 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1568 */ | |
| 1569 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1570 { | |
| 1571 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1572 State = INSERT; | |
| 1573 } | |
| 1574 else | |
| 1575 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1576 #endif | |
| 1577 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1578 /* | |
| 1579 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1580 */ | |
| 1581 if (!p_paste | |
| 1582 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1583 && leader == NULL | |
| 1584 # endif | |
| 1585 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1586 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1587 { | |
| 1588 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1589 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1590 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1591 } | |
| 1592 #endif | |
| 1593 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1594 /* | |
| 1595 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1596 */ | |
| 1597 if (!p_paste | |
| 1598 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1599 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1600 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1601 # endif | |
| 1602 ) | |
| 1603 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1604 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1605 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1606 { | |
| 1607 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1608 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1609 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 #endif | |
| 1612 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1613 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1614 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1615 #endif | |
| 1616 | |
| 1617 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1618 /* | |
| 1619 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1620 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1621 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1622 */ | |
| 1623 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1624 { | |
| 1625 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1626 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1627 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1628 goto theend; | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1631 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1634 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1635 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1636 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1637 #endif | |
| 1638 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1639 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1640 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1641 } | |
| 1642 #endif | |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1645 theend: | |
| 1646 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1647 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1648 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1649 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1650 return retval; | |
| 1651 } | |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1654 /* | |
| 5403 | 1655 * get_leader_len() returns the length in bytes of the prefix of the given |
| 1656 * string which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then | |
| 1657 * 0 is returned. | |
| 7 | 1658 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized |
| 1659 * comment leader. | |
| 1660 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1661 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1662 * length. | |
| 7 | 1663 */ |
| 1664 int | |
| 3562 | 1665 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1666 char_u *line; |
| 1667 char_u **flags; | |
| 1668 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1669 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1670 { |
| 1671 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1672 int result; |
| 7 | 1673 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1674 int found_one; | |
| 1675 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1676 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1677 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1678 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1679 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1680 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1681 |
| 3562 | 1682 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1683 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1684 ++i; | |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 /* | |
| 1687 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1688 */ | |
| 2809 | 1689 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1690 { |
| 1691 /* | |
| 1692 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1693 */ | |
| 1694 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1695 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1696 { | |
| 2809 | 1697 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1698 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1699 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1700 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1701 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1702 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1703 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1704 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1705 continue; | |
| 1706 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1707 | |
| 2809 | 1708 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1709 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1710 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1711 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1712 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1713 break; | |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1716 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1717 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1718 continue; | |
| 1719 | |
| 2809 | 1720 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1721 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1722 continue; | |
| 1723 | |
| 2809 | 1724 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1725 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1726 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1727 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1728 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1729 { | |
| 1730 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 4352 | 1731 continue; /* missing white space */ |
| 7 | 1732 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1733 ++string; | |
| 1734 } | |
| 1735 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1736 ; | |
| 1737 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1738 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1741 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1742 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1743 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1744 continue; | |
| 1745 | |
| 2809 | 1746 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1747 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1748 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1749 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1750 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1751 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1752 { | |
| 1753 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1754 { | |
| 1755 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1756 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1757 } | |
| 1758 continue; | |
| 1759 } | |
| 1760 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1761 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1762 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1763 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1766 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1767 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1768 break; | |
| 1769 } | |
| 1770 | |
| 2809 | 1771 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1772 { | |
| 1773 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1774 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1775 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1776 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1777 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1778 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1779 } | |
| 1780 | |
| 1781 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1782 if (!found_one) |
| 1783 break; | |
| 1784 | |
| 3562 | 1785 result = i; |
| 1786 | |
| 2809 | 1787 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1788 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1789 ++i; | |
| 1790 | |
| 3562 | 1791 if (include_space) |
| 1792 result = i; | |
| 1793 | |
| 2809 | 1794 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1795 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1796 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1797 break; | |
| 1798 } | |
| 3562 | 1799 return result; |
| 1800 } | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 /* | |
| 1803 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1804 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1805 * | |
| 1806 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1807 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1808 */ | |
| 1809 int | |
| 1810 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1811 char_u *line; | |
| 1812 char_u **flags; | |
| 1813 { | |
| 1814 int result = -1; | |
| 1815 int i, j; | |
| 1816 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1817 char_u *string; | |
| 1818 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1819 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1820 char_u *list; | |
| 1821 int found_one; | |
| 1822 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 /* | |
| 1825 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1826 */ | |
| 1827 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1828 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1829 { | |
| 1830 /* | |
| 1831 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1832 */ | |
| 1833 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1834 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1835 { | |
| 1836 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 /* | |
| 1839 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1840 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1841 */ | |
| 1842 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1843 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1844 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1845 * happen. */ | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 continue; | |
| 1848 } | |
| 1849 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1850 com_leader = string; | |
| 1851 | |
| 1852 /* | |
| 1853 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1854 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1855 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1856 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1859 { | |
| 1860 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1861 continue; | |
| 1862 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1863 ++string; | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1866 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1867 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1868 continue; | |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 /* | |
| 1871 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1872 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1873 */ | |
| 1874 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1875 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1876 { | |
| 1877 continue; | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 /* | |
| 1881 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1882 */ | |
| 1883 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 if (flags) | |
| 1886 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1887 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 break; | |
| 1890 } | |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 if (found_one) | |
| 1893 { | |
| 1894 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1895 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 result = i; | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1900 */ | |
| 1901 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1902 continue; | |
| 1903 | |
| 1904 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1907 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1908 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1909 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1910 */ | |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1913 ++com_leader; | |
| 1914 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1917 { | |
| 1918 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1919 | |
| 1920 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1921 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1922 continue; | |
| 1923 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1924 ++string; | |
| 1925 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1926 ++string; | |
| 1927 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1928 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1929 continue; | |
| 1930 | |
| 1931 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1932 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1933 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1934 { | |
| 1935 --off; | |
| 1936 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1937 { | |
| 1938 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1939 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1940 } | |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 } | |
| 1945 return result; | |
| 7 | 1946 } |
| 1947 #endif | |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 /* | |
| 1950 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1951 */ | |
| 1952 int | |
| 1953 plines(lnum) | |
| 1954 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1955 { | |
| 1956 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 int | |
| 1960 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1961 win_T *wp; | |
| 1962 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1963 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1966 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1967 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1968 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 int | |
| 1972 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1973 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1976 } | |
| 1977 | |
| 1978 int | |
| 1979 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1980 win_T *wp; | |
| 1981 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1982 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 #endif | |
| 1985 int lines; | |
| 1986 | |
| 1987 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1988 return 1; | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1991 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1992 return 1; | |
| 1993 #endif | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1996 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1997 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1998 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1999 return 1; | |
| 2000 #endif | |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 2003 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 2004 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 2005 return lines; | |
| 2006 } | |
| 2007 | |
| 2008 /* | |
| 2009 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 2010 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 2011 */ | |
| 2012 int | |
| 2013 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 2014 win_T *wp; | |
| 2015 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2016 { | |
| 2017 char_u *s; | |
| 2018 long col; | |
| 2019 int width; | |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 2022 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 2023 return 1; | |
| 2024 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 /* | |
| 2027 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 2028 * extra column. | |
| 2029 */ | |
| 2030 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 2031 col += 1; | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2034 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 2035 */ |
| 2036 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 2037 if (width <= 0) | |
| 2038 return 32000; | |
| 2039 if (col <= width) | |
| 2040 return 1; | |
| 2041 col -= width; | |
| 2042 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 2043 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 2044 } | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 /* | |
| 2047 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 2048 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 2049 */ | |
| 2050 int | |
| 2051 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 2052 win_T *wp; | |
| 2053 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2054 long column; | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 long col; | |
| 2057 char_u *s; | |
| 2058 int lines = 0; | |
| 2059 int width; | |
| 5995 | 2060 char_u *line; |
| 7 | 2061 |
| 2062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2063 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 2064 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 2065 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 2066 #endif | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2069 return lines + 1; | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2072 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 2073 return lines + 1; | |
| 2074 #endif | |
| 2075 | |
| 5995 | 2076 line = s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); |
| 7 | 2077 |
| 2078 col = 0; | |
| 2079 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 2080 { | |
| 5995 | 2081 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); |
| 39 | 2082 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 2083 } |
| 2084 | |
| 2085 /* | |
| 2086 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 2087 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 2088 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 2089 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 2090 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 2091 */ | |
| 2092 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 5995 | 2093 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; |
| 7 | 2094 |
| 2095 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2096 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 2097 */ |
| 2098 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 2099 if (width <= 0) |
| 2100 return 9999; | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 lines += 1; | |
| 2103 if (col > width) | |
| 2104 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 2105 return lines; | |
| 7 | 2106 } |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 int | |
| 2109 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 2110 win_T *wp; | |
| 2111 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2112 { | |
| 2113 int count = 0; | |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 while (first <= last) | |
| 2116 { | |
| 2117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2118 int x; | |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2121 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2122 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2123 if (x > 0) | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2126 first += x; | |
| 2127 } | |
| 2128 else | |
| 2129 #endif | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2132 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2133 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2134 else | |
| 2135 #endif | |
| 2136 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2137 ++first; | |
| 2138 } | |
| 2139 } | |
| 2140 return (count); | |
| 2141 } | |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2144 /* | |
| 2145 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2146 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2147 */ | |
| 2148 void | |
| 2149 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2150 char_u *p; | |
| 2151 { | |
| 2152 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2153 } | |
| 2154 #endif | |
| 2155 | |
| 2156 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2157 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2158 /* | |
| 2159 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2160 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2161 */ | |
| 2162 void | |
| 2163 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2164 char_u *p; | |
| 2165 int len; | |
| 2166 { | |
| 2167 int i; | |
| 2168 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2169 int n; | |
| 2170 | |
| 1617 | 2171 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2172 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2173 { | |
| 2174 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2175 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2176 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2177 else | |
| 2178 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2179 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2180 } | |
| 2181 else | |
| 7 | 2182 # endif |
| 1617 | 2183 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2184 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2185 } |
| 2186 #endif | |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 /* | |
| 2189 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2190 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2191 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2192 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2193 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2194 */ | |
| 2195 void | |
| 2196 ins_char(c) | |
| 2197 int c; | |
| 2198 { | |
| 2199 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2200 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2201 int n; |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2206 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2207 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2208 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2211 } | |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 void | |
| 2214 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2215 char_u *buf; | |
| 2216 int charlen; | |
| 2217 { | |
| 2218 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2219 #endif | |
| 2220 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2221 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2222 char_u *p; | |
| 2223 char_u *newp; | |
| 2224 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2225 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2226 colnr_T col; | |
| 2227 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2228 int i; | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2231 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2232 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2233 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2234 #endif | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2237 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2238 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2239 | |
| 2240 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2241 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2243 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2244 #else | |
| 2245 newlen = 1; | |
| 2246 #endif | |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2249 { | |
| 2250 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2251 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2252 { | |
| 2253 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2254 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2255 int old_list; | |
| 2256 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2257 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2258 #endif | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 /* | |
| 2261 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2262 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2263 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2264 */ | |
| 2265 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2266 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2267 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 /* | |
| 2270 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2271 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2272 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2273 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2274 */ | |
| 2275 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2276 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2277 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2278 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2279 #endif | |
| 2280 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2281 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2282 { | |
| 2283 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2284 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2285 * position. */ | |
| 2286 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2287 break; | |
| 2288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2289 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2290 #else |
| 2291 ++oldlen; | |
| 2292 #endif | |
| 2293 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2294 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2295 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2296 } | |
| 2297 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2298 } | |
| 2299 else | |
| 2300 #endif | |
| 2301 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2305 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2306 #else |
| 2307 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2308 #endif | |
| 2309 } | |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2313 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2314 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2315 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2316 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2317 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2318 { | |
| 2319 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2320 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2321 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2322 else | |
| 2323 #endif | |
| 2324 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2325 } |
| 2326 } | |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2329 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2330 return; | |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2333 if (col > 0) | |
| 2334 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2337 p = newp + col; | |
| 2338 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2339 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2340 | |
| 2341 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2343 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2344 i = charlen; | |
| 2345 #else | |
| 2346 *p = c; | |
| 2347 i = 1; | |
| 2348 #endif | |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2351 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2352 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2355 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2358 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 /* | |
| 2361 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2362 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2363 */ | |
| 2364 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2365 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 674 | 2366 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2367 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2368 #endif | |
| 7 | 2369 ) |
| 4029 | 2370 { |
| 2371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2372 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2373 showmatch(mb_ptr2char(buf)); | |
| 2374 else | |
| 2375 #endif | |
| 2376 showmatch(c); | |
| 2377 } | |
| 7 | 2378 |
| 2379 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2380 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2381 #endif | |
| 2382 { | |
| 2383 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2385 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2386 #else | |
| 2387 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2388 #endif | |
| 2389 } | |
| 2390 /* | |
| 2391 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2392 */ | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 /* | |
| 2396 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2397 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2398 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2399 */ | |
| 2400 void | |
| 2401 ins_str(s) | |
| 2402 char_u *s; | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2405 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2406 int oldlen; | |
| 2407 colnr_T col; | |
| 2408 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2411 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2412 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2413 #endif | |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2416 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2417 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2420 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2421 return; | |
| 2422 if (col > 0) | |
| 2423 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2424 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2425 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2426 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2427 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2428 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2429 } | |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 /* | |
| 2432 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2433 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2434 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2435 * | |
| 2436 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2437 */ | |
| 2438 int | |
| 2439 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2440 int fixpos; | |
| 2441 { | |
| 2442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2443 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2444 { | |
| 2445 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2446 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2447 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2448 return FAIL; | |
| 2449 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 #endif | |
| 610 | 2452 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2453 } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2456 /* | |
| 2457 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2458 */ | |
| 2459 int | |
| 2460 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2461 long count; | |
| 2462 int fixpos; | |
| 2463 { | |
| 2464 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2465 long i; | |
| 2466 char_u *p; | |
| 2467 int l; | |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2470 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2471 { | |
| 474 | 2472 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2473 bytes += l; |
| 2474 p += l; | |
| 2475 } | |
| 610 | 2476 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2477 } |
| 2478 #endif | |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 /* | |
| 2481 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2482 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2483 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2484 * | |
| 2485 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2486 */ | |
| 2487 int | |
| 777 | 2488 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2489 long count; |
| 777 | 2490 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2491 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2492 { |
| 2493 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2494 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2495 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2496 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2497 int was_alloced; | |
| 2498 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2499 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2500 |
| 2501 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2502 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 /* | |
| 2505 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2506 */ | |
| 2507 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2508 return FAIL; | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2511 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2512 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2513 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2514 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2515 { |
| 714 | 2516 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2517 int n; |
| 2518 | |
| 714 | 2519 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2520 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2521 { |
| 2522 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2523 n = col; | |
| 2524 do | |
| 2525 { | |
| 2526 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2527 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2528 n += count; |
| 2529 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2530 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2531 } | |
| 2532 } | |
| 2533 #endif | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 /* | |
| 2536 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2537 */ | |
| 2538 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2539 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2540 { | |
| 2541 /* | |
| 2542 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2543 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2544 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2545 */ |
| 777 | 2546 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2547 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2548 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2549 #endif | |
| 2550 ) | |
| 7 | 2551 { |
| 2552 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2553 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2554 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2555 #endif | |
| 2556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2557 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2558 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2559 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2560 #endif | |
| 2561 } | |
| 2562 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2563 movelen = 1; | |
| 2564 } | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 /* | |
| 2567 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2568 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2569 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2570 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2571 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2572 */ |
| 2573 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2574 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2575 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2576 else | |
| 2577 #endif | |
| 2578 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2579 if (was_alloced) |
| 2580 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2581 else | |
| 2582 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2583 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2584 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2585 return FAIL; | |
| 2586 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2589 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2590 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2593 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 return OK; | |
| 2596 } | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 /* | |
| 2599 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2600 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2601 * | |
| 2602 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2603 */ | |
| 2604 int | |
| 2605 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2606 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2607 { | |
| 2608 char_u *newp; | |
| 2609 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2610 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 if (col == 0) | |
| 2613 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2614 else | |
| 2615 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2616 | |
| 2617 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2618 return FAIL; | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2623 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 /* | |
| 2626 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2627 */ | |
| 2628 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2629 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 return OK; | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 /* | |
| 2635 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2636 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2637 */ | |
| 2638 void | |
| 2639 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2640 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2641 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2642 { | |
| 2643 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2644 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2645 |
| 2646 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2647 return; | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2650 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2651 return; |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2654 { | |
| 2655 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2656 break; | |
| 2657 | |
| 1929 | 2658 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2659 ++n; |
| 2660 | |
| 2661 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2662 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2663 break; |
| 2664 } | |
| 1929 | 2665 |
| 2666 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2667 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2668 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2669 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2670 |
| 2671 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2672 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2673 } |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 int | |
| 2676 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2677 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2678 { | |
| 2679 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2682 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2683 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2684 #endif | |
| 2685 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2686 } | |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 int | |
| 2689 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2690 { | |
| 2691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2692 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2693 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2694 #endif | |
| 2695 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2696 } | |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 /* | |
| 2699 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2700 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2701 */ | |
| 2702 void | |
| 2703 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2704 int c; | |
| 2705 { | |
| 2706 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2707 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2708 } | |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 /* | |
| 2711 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2712 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2713 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2714 * the line. | |
| 2715 */ | |
| 2716 int | |
| 2717 inindent(extra) | |
| 2718 int extra; | |
| 2719 { | |
| 2720 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2721 colnr_T col; | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2724 ++ptr; | |
| 2725 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2726 return TRUE; | |
| 2727 else | |
| 2728 return FALSE; | |
| 2729 } | |
| 2730 | |
| 2731 /* | |
| 2732 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2733 */ | |
| 2734 char_u * | |
| 2735 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2736 char_u *p; | |
| 2737 { | |
| 2738 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2739 ++p; | |
| 2740 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2741 ++p; | |
| 2742 return p; | |
| 2743 } | |
| 2744 | |
| 2745 /* | |
| 2189 | 2746 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2747 * |
| 2748 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2749 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2750 * |
| 2751 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2752 */ |
| 2753 void | |
| 2754 changed() | |
| 2755 { | |
| 2756 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2757 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2758 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2759 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2760 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2761 return; | |
| 2762 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2763 #endif | |
| 2764 | |
| 2765 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2766 { | |
| 2767 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2768 | |
| 819 | 2769 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2770 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2771 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2772 |
| 7 | 2773 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2774 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2775 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2776 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2777 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2778 #endif | |
| 2779 ) | |
| 2780 { | |
| 2781 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2784 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2785 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2786 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2787 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2788 { | |
| 2789 out_flush(); | |
| 2790 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2791 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2792 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2793 } | |
| 2794 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2795 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2796 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2797 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2798 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2799 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2800 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2801 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2802 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2803 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2804 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2805 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2806 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2807 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2808 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2809 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2810 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2811 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2812 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2813 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2814 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2815 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2816 |
| 265 | 2817 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2818 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2819 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 /* | |
| 2822 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2823 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2824 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2825 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2826 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2827 */ |
| 2828 void | |
| 2829 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2830 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2831 colnr_T col; | |
| 2832 { | |
| 265 | 2833 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2834 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2835 |
| 2836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2837 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2838 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2839 { | |
| 2840 win_T *wp; | |
| 2841 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2844 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2845 { | |
| 2846 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2847 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2848 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2849 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2850 } | |
| 2851 } | |
| 2852 #endif | |
| 7 | 2853 } |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 static void | |
| 265 | 2856 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2857 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2858 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2859 { | |
| 265 | 2860 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2861 { |
| 2862 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2863 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2864 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2865 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2866 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2867 } |
| 2868 else | |
| 2869 { | |
| 2870 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2871 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2872 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2873 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2874 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2875 } |
| 2876 } | |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 /* | |
| 2879 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2880 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2881 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2882 */ | |
| 2883 void | |
| 2884 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2885 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2886 long count; | |
| 2887 { | |
| 2888 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2889 } | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 /* | |
| 2892 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2893 */ | |
| 2894 void | |
| 2895 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2896 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2897 long count; | |
| 2898 { | |
| 2899 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2900 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2901 } | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 /* | |
| 2904 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2905 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2906 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2907 */ | |
| 2908 void | |
| 2909 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2910 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2911 long count; | |
| 2912 { | |
| 2913 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2914 } | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 /* | |
| 2917 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2918 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2919 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2920 */ |
| 2921 void | |
| 2922 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2923 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2924 long count; | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2927 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2928 } | |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 /* | |
| 2931 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2932 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2933 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2934 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2935 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2936 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2937 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2938 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2939 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2940 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2941 */ |
| 2942 void | |
| 2943 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2944 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2945 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2946 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2947 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2948 { | |
| 265 | 2949 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2952 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2953 { | |
| 2954 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2955 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2956 * displaying. */ | |
| 2957 win_T *wp; | |
| 2958 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2961 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2962 { | |
| 2963 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2964 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2965 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2966 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2967 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2968 } | |
| 2969 } | |
| 2970 #endif | |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 static void | |
| 2976 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2977 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2978 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2979 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2980 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2981 { | |
| 2982 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2983 { |
| 2984 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2985 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2986 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2987 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2988 { |
| 2989 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2990 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2991 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2992 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2993 } |
| 265 | 2994 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2995 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2996 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2997 } |
| 2998 else | |
| 2999 { | |
| 3000 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 3001 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 3002 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 3003 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 3004 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 3005 } | |
| 7 | 3006 } |
| 3007 | |
| 2189 | 3008 /* |
| 3009 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 3010 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 3011 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 3012 */ | |
| 7 | 3013 static void |
| 3014 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 3015 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 3016 colnr_T col; | |
| 3017 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 3018 long xtra; | |
| 3019 { | |
| 3020 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 3021 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 3022 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 3023 #endif | |
| 7 | 3024 int i; |
| 3025 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 3026 int cols; | |
| 3027 pos_T *p; | |
| 3028 int add; | |
| 3029 #endif | |
| 3030 | |
| 3031 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 3032 changed(); | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 3035 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 3036 { | |
| 3037 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3038 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 3041 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 3042 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 3043 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 3044 { | |
| 3045 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 3046 add = TRUE; | |
| 3047 else | |
| 3048 { | |
| 3049 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 3050 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 3051 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 3052 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 3053 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 3054 add = TRUE; | |
| 3055 else | |
| 3056 { | |
| 3057 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 3058 if (cols == 0) | |
| 3059 cols = 79; | |
| 3060 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 3061 } | |
| 3062 } | |
| 3063 if (add) | |
| 3064 { | |
| 3065 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 3066 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 3067 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 3068 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 3071 { | |
| 3072 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 3073 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 3074 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 3075 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 3076 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3077 { |
| 3078 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 3079 * this buffer. */ | |
| 3080 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 3081 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3082 } | |
| 3083 } | |
| 1863 | 3084 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3085 { |
| 3086 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 3087 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 3088 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 3089 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 3090 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 3091 } | |
| 3092 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3093 } | |
| 3094 } | |
| 3095 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 3096 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 3097 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 3098 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 3099 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 3100 #endif | |
| 3101 } | |
| 3102 | |
| 1863 | 3103 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 3104 { |
| 3105 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 3106 { | |
| 3107 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 3108 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 3109 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 3112 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 3113 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3114 /* | |
| 3115 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3116 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3117 */ | |
| 3118 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3121 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3122 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3123 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3124 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3125 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3126 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3127 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3128 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3129 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3130 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3133 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3134 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3135 { | |
| 3136 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3137 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3138 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 #endif | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3143 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3144 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3145 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3146 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3149 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3150 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3151 } | |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3154 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3155 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3156 * after the change. */ | |
| 3157 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3158 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3159 { | |
| 3160 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3161 { | |
| 3162 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3163 { | |
| 3164 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3165 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3166 } | |
| 3167 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3168 { | |
| 3169 /* line below change */ | |
| 3170 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3171 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3172 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3173 #endif | |
| 3174 } | |
| 3175 } | |
| 3176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3177 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3178 { | |
| 3179 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3180 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3181 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3182 } | |
| 3183 #endif | |
| 3184 } | |
| 1987 | 3185 |
| 3186 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3187 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3188 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3189 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3190 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3191 #endif | |
| 5885 | 3192 /* relative numbering may require updating more */ |
| 3193 if (wp->w_p_rnu) | |
| 3194 redraw_win_later(wp, SOME_VALID); | |
| 7 | 3195 } |
| 3196 } | |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3199 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3200 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3201 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3202 |
| 3203 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3204 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3205 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3206 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3207 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3208 #endif | |
| 7 | 3209 } |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 /* | |
| 3212 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3213 */ | |
| 3214 void | |
| 3215 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3216 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3217 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3218 { | |
| 2685 | 3219 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3220 { |
| 3221 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3222 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3223 if (ff) |
| 3224 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3225 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3226 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3227 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3228 #endif |
| 3229 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3230 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3231 #endif | |
| 3232 } | |
| 3233 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3234 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3235 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3236 #endif | |
| 3237 } | |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3240 /* | |
| 3241 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3242 * need to be updated | |
| 3243 */ | |
| 3244 void | |
| 3245 check_status(buf) | |
| 3246 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3247 { | |
| 3248 win_T *wp; | |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3251 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3252 { | |
| 3253 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3254 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3255 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3256 } | |
| 3257 } | |
| 3258 #endif | |
| 3259 | |
| 3260 /* | |
| 3261 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3262 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3263 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3264 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3265 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3266 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3267 */ |
| 3268 void | |
| 3269 change_warning(col) | |
| 3270 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3271 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3272 { | |
| 1848 | 3273 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3274 | |
| 7 | 3275 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3276 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3277 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3278 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3279 #endif | |
| 3280 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3283 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3284 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3285 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3286 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3287 return; | |
| 3288 #endif | |
| 3289 /* | |
| 3290 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3291 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3292 */ | |
| 3293 msg_start(); | |
| 3294 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3295 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3296 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3297 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3298 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3299 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3300 #endif | |
| 7 | 3301 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3302 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3303 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3304 { | |
| 3305 out_flush(); | |
| 3306 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3307 } | |
| 3308 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3309 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3310 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3311 showmode(); | |
| 3312 } | |
| 3313 } | |
| 3314 | |
| 3315 /* | |
| 3316 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3317 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3318 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3319 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3320 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3321 * | |
| 3322 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3323 */ | |
| 3324 int | |
| 3325 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3326 char_u *str; | |
| 3327 int direct; | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 int r = ' '; | |
| 3330 int save_State = State; | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3333 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3334 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3335 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3336 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3337 #endif | |
| 3338 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3339 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3340 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3341 #endif | |
| 3342 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3343 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3348 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3349 if (direct) | |
| 3350 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3351 else | |
| 1474 | 3352 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3353 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3354 r = 'n'; | |
| 3355 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3356 out_flush(); | |
| 3357 } | |
| 3358 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3359 State = save_State; | |
| 3360 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3361 setmouse(); | |
| 3362 #endif | |
| 3363 --no_mapping; | |
| 3364 --allow_keys; | |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 return r; | |
| 3367 } | |
| 3368 | |
| 4221 | 3369 #if defined(FEAT_MOUSE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3370 /* | |
| 3371 * Return TRUE if "c" is a mouse key. | |
| 3372 */ | |
| 3373 int | |
| 3374 is_mouse_key(c) | |
| 3375 int c; | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 return c == K_LEFTMOUSE | |
| 3378 || c == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3379 || c == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3380 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3381 || c == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3382 || c == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3383 || c == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3384 || c == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3385 || c == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3386 || c == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3387 || c == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3388 || c == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3389 || c == K_MOUSEUP | |
| 3390 || c == K_MOUSELEFT | |
| 3391 || c == K_MOUSERIGHT | |
| 3392 || c == K_X1MOUSE | |
| 3393 || c == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3394 || c == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3395 || c == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3396 || c == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3397 || c == K_X2RELEASE; | |
| 3398 } | |
| 3399 #endif | |
| 3400 | |
| 7 | 3401 /* |
| 3402 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3403 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3404 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3405 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3406 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3407 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3408 */ | |
| 3409 int | |
| 3410 get_keystroke() | |
| 3411 { | |
| 3328 | 3412 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3413 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3414 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3415 int len = 0; |
| 3416 int n; | |
| 3417 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3418 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3419 |
| 3420 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3421 for (;;) | |
| 3422 { | |
| 3423 cursor_on(); | |
| 3424 out_flush(); | |
| 3425 | |
| 3328 | 3426 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3427 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3428 * bytes. */ | |
| 3429 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3430 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3431 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3432 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3433 { | |
| 6596 | 3434 char_u *t_buf = buf; |
| 3435 | |
| 3596 | 3436 /* Need some more space. This might happen when receiving a long |
| 3328 | 3437 * escape sequence. */ |
| 3438 buflen += 100; | |
| 3439 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 6596 | 3440 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3441 vim_free(t_buf); | |
| 3328 | 3442 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; |
| 3443 } | |
| 3444 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3445 { | |
| 3446 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3447 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 | |
| 7 | 3450 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3451 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3452 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3453 if (n > 0) |
| 3454 { | |
| 3455 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3456 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3457 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3458 waited = 0; |
| 3459 } | |
| 3460 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3461 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3464 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3465 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3466 continue; |
| 964 | 3467 |
| 2672 | 3468 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3469 { |
| 2723 | 3470 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3471 { |
| 3472 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3473 update_screen(0); | |
| 3474 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3475 } | |
| 2672 | 3476 continue; |
| 2721 | 3477 } |
| 2672 | 3478 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3479 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3480 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3481 continue; |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3484 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3485 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3486 { | |
| 3487 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3488 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3489 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 4225 | 3490 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 4221 | 3491 || (is_mouse_key(n) && n != K_LEFTMOUSE) |
| 4225 | 3492 #endif |
| 4221 | 3493 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7 | 3494 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR |
| 3495 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3496 #endif | |
| 3497 ) | |
| 3498 { | |
| 3499 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3500 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3501 len -= 3; | |
| 3502 if (len > 0) | |
| 3503 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3504 continue; | |
| 3505 } | |
| 828 | 3506 break; |
| 7 | 3507 } |
| 3508 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3509 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3512 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3513 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3514 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3515 } | |
| 3516 #endif | |
| 3517 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3518 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3519 n = ESC; | |
| 3520 #endif | |
| 3521 break; | |
| 3522 } | |
| 3328 | 3523 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3524 |
| 3525 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3526 return n; | |
| 3527 } | |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 /* | |
| 374 | 3530 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3531 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3532 */ |
| 3533 int | |
| 374 | 3534 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3535 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3536 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3537 { |
| 3538 int n = 0; | |
| 3539 int c; | |
| 810 | 3540 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3541 |
| 374 | 3542 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3543 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3544 | |
| 7 | 3545 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3546 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3547 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3548 return 0; | |
| 3549 | |
| 3550 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3551 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3552 #endif | |
| 3553 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3554 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3555 for (;;) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3558 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3559 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3560 { | |
| 3561 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3562 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3563 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3564 } |
| 3565 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3566 { | |
| 810 | 3567 if (typed > 0) |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3570 --typed; | |
| 3571 } | |
| 7 | 3572 n /= 10; |
| 3573 } | |
| 374 | 3574 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3575 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3578 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3579 break; | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 #endif | |
| 7 | 3582 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3585 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3586 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3587 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3588 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3589 break; | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3592 break; | |
| 3593 } | |
| 3594 --no_mapping; | |
| 3595 --allow_keys; | |
| 3596 return n; | |
| 3597 } | |
| 3598 | |
| 323 | 3599 /* |
| 3600 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3601 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3602 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3603 */ |
| 3604 int | |
| 374 | 3605 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3606 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3607 { |
| 3608 int i; | |
| 344 | 3609 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3610 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3611 |
| 3612 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3613 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3614 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3615 else |
| 1733 | 3616 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3617 |
| 957 | 3618 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3619 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3620 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3621 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3622 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3623 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3624 |
| 3625 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3626 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3627 { | |
| 3628 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3629 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3630 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3631 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3632 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3633 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3634 } |
| 344 | 3635 else |
| 3636 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3637 State = save_State; | |
| 3638 | |
| 323 | 3639 return i; |
| 3640 } | |
| 3641 | |
| 7 | 3642 void |
| 3643 msgmore(n) | |
| 3644 long n; | |
| 3645 { | |
| 3646 long pn; | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3649 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3650 return; | |
| 3651 | |
| 135 | 3652 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3653 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3654 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3655 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3656 return; | |
| 3657 | |
| 7 | 3658 if (n > 0) |
| 3659 pn = n; | |
| 3660 else | |
| 3661 pn = -n; | |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3664 { | |
| 3665 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3666 { | |
| 3667 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3668 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3669 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3670 else |
| 2768 | 3671 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3672 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3673 } |
| 3674 else | |
| 3675 { | |
| 3676 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3677 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3678 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3679 else |
| 2768 | 3680 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3681 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3682 } |
| 3683 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3684 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3685 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3686 { | |
| 680 | 3687 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3688 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3689 } |
| 3690 } | |
| 3691 } | |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 /* | |
| 3694 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3695 */ | |
| 3696 void | |
| 3697 beep_flush() | |
| 3698 { | |
| 3699 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3700 { | |
| 3701 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 6949 | 3702 vim_beep(BO_ERROR); |
| 3703 } | |
| 3704 } | |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 /* | |
| 3707 * Give a warning for an error. | |
| 7 | 3708 */ |
| 3709 void | |
| 6949 | 3710 vim_beep(val) |
| 3711 unsigned val; /* one of the BO_ values, e.g., BO_OPER */ | |
| 7 | 3712 { |
| 3713 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3714 { | |
| 6949 | 3715 if (!((bo_flags & val) || (bo_flags & BO_ALL))) |
| 3716 { | |
| 3717 if (p_vb | |
| 7 | 3718 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6949 | 3719 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the |
| 3720 * GUI but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3721 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3722 #endif | |
| 3723 ) | |
| 3724 { | |
| 3725 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 7 | 3726 } |
| 3727 else | |
| 6949 | 3728 { |
| 3729 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3730 /* | |
| 3731 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to | |
| 3732 * wait for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on | |
| 3733 * systems where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3734 */ | |
| 3735 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3736 { | |
| 3737 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3738 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3739 } | |
| 3740 else | |
| 3741 ++beep_count; | |
| 7 | 3742 #else |
| 6949 | 3743 out_char(BELL); |
| 3744 #endif | |
| 3745 } | |
| 7 | 3746 } |
| 169 | 3747 |
| 3748 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3749 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3750 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3751 { | |
| 3752 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3753 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3754 } | |
| 7 | 3755 } |
| 3756 } | |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 /* | |
| 3759 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3760 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3761 * For Unix: | |
| 3762 * - go to that directory | |
| 3763 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3764 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3765 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3766 */ | |
| 3767 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 void | |
| 3770 init_homedir() | |
| 3771 { | |
| 3772 char_u *var; | |
| 3773 | |
| 170 | 3774 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3775 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3776 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3777 | |
| 7 | 3778 #ifdef VMS |
| 3779 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3780 #else | |
| 3781 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3782 #endif | |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3785 var = NULL; | |
| 3786 | |
| 3787 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3788 /* | |
| 3789 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3790 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3791 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3792 */ | |
| 3793 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3794 { | |
| 3795 char_u *p; | |
| 3796 char_u *exp; | |
| 3797 | |
| 3798 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3799 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3800 { | |
| 419 | 3801 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3802 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3803 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3804 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3805 { | |
| 274 | 3806 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3807 var = NameBuff; |
| 3808 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3809 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3810 } | |
| 3811 } | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 /* | |
| 3815 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3816 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3817 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3818 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3819 */ | |
| 3820 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3821 { | |
| 3822 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3825 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3826 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3827 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3828 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3829 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3830 { | |
| 3831 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3832 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3835 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3836 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3837 } | |
| 3838 } | |
| 3839 } | |
| 170 | 3840 |
| 3841 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3842 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3845 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3846 |
| 3847 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3848 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3849 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3850 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 homedir = pp; | |
| 3853 return; | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 # endif | |
| 7 | 3857 #endif |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3860 /* | |
| 3861 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3862 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3863 */ | |
| 3864 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3865 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3866 #endif | |
| 3867 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3868 { | |
| 3869 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3870 /* | |
| 3871 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3872 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3873 */ | |
| 3874 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3875 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3876 { | |
| 3877 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3878 var = IObuff; | |
| 3879 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3880 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3881 } | |
| 3882 #endif | |
| 3883 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 } | |
| 3886 | |
| 359 | 3887 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3888 void | |
| 3889 free_homedir() | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3892 } | |
| 3744 | 3893 |
| 3894 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL | |
| 3895 void | |
| 3896 free_users() | |
| 3897 { | |
| 3898 ga_clear_strings(&ga_users); | |
| 3899 } | |
| 3900 # endif | |
| 359 | 3901 #endif |
| 3902 | |
| 7 | 3903 /* |
| 1408 | 3904 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3905 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3906 * again soon. | |
| 3907 */ | |
| 3908 char_u * | |
| 3909 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3910 char_u *src; | |
| 3911 { | |
| 3912 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3913 } | |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 /* | |
| 3916 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3917 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3918 */ | |
| 3919 char_u * | |
| 3920 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3921 char_u *src; | |
| 3922 int one; | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 char_u *p; | |
| 3925 | |
| 3926 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3927 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3928 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3929 return p; | |
| 3930 } | |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 /* | |
| 7 | 3933 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3934 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3935 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3936 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3937 */ | |
| 3938 void | |
| 3939 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3940 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3941 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3942 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3943 { | |
| 1408 | 3944 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3945 } |
| 3946 | |
| 3947 void | |
| 1408 | 3948 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3949 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3950 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3951 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3952 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3953 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3954 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3955 { | |
| 3956 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3957 char_u *tail; |
| 3958 int c; | |
| 3959 char_u *var; | |
| 3960 int copy_char; | |
| 3961 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3962 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3963 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3964 | |
| 3965 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3966 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3967 |
| 3968 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3969 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3970 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3971 { | |
| 3972 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3973 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3974 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3975 && at_start | |
| 3976 #endif | |
| 3977 ) | |
| 7 | 3978 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3979 || *src == '%' | |
| 3980 #endif | |
| 3981 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3982 { | |
| 3983 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 /* | |
| 3986 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3987 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3988 */ | |
| 3989 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3992 var = dst; | |
| 3993 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3996 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3997 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3998 { | |
| 3999 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 4000 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 4001 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 4002 } | |
| 4003 else | |
| 4004 #endif | |
| 4005 { | |
| 4006 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 4007 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4008 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 4009 #endif | |
| 4010 )) | |
| 4011 { | |
| 4012 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 4013 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 4014 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 4015 #else | |
| 4016 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 4017 #endif | |
| 4018 } | |
| 4019 } | |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 4022 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4023 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 4024 # else | |
| 4025 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 4026 # endif | |
| 4027 var = NULL; | |
| 4028 else | |
| 4029 { | |
| 4030 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4031 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 4032 # else | |
| 4033 if (*src == '%') | |
| 4034 #endif | |
| 4035 ++tail; | |
| 4036 #endif | |
| 4037 *var = NUL; | |
| 4038 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 4039 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 #endif | |
| 4042 } | |
| 4043 /* home directory */ | |
| 4044 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 4045 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 4046 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 var = homedir; | |
| 4049 tail = src + 1; | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 else /* user directory */ | |
| 4052 { | |
| 4053 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 4054 /* | |
| 4055 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 4056 */ | |
| 4057 tail = src; | |
| 4058 var = dst; | |
| 4059 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 4060 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 4061 && *tail | |
| 4062 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 4063 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4064 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 4065 *var = NUL; | |
| 4066 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 4067 /* | |
| 4068 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 4069 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 4070 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 4071 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 4072 */ | |
| 4073 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4074 { | |
| 4075 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 4076 | |
| 626 | 4077 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 4078 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 4079 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 4080 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 4081 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 4082 else | |
| 4083 var = NULL; | |
| 4084 } | |
| 4085 if (var == NULL) | |
| 4086 # endif | |
| 4087 { | |
| 4088 expand_T xpc; | |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 4091 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 4092 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 4093 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 4094 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4095 } | |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 4098 /* | |
| 4099 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 4100 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 4101 */ | |
| 4102 { | |
| 4103 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4104 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 4105 struct stat st; | |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 4108 next_path = paths; | |
| 4109 while (*next_path) | |
| 4110 { | |
| 4111 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 4112 next_path++); | |
| 4113 if (*next_path) | |
| 4114 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 4115 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 4116 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 4117 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 4118 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 4119 { | |
| 4120 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 4121 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 4122 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4123 break; | |
| 4124 } | |
| 4125 } | |
| 4126 } | |
| 4127 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 4128 #else | |
| 4129 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 4130 var = NULL; | |
| 4131 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 4132 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 4133 } | |
| 4134 | |
| 4135 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 4136 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 4137 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 4138 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 4139 { | |
| 4140 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 4141 | |
| 4142 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 if (mustfree) | |
| 4145 vim_free(var); | |
| 4146 var = p; | |
| 4147 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4148 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4149 } | |
| 4150 } | |
| 4151 #endif | |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4154 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4155 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4156 { | |
| 4157 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4160 { | |
| 4161 if (mustfree) | |
| 4162 vim_free(var); | |
| 4163 var = p; | |
| 4164 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 } | |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4169 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4170 { | |
| 4171 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4172 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4173 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4174 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4175 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4176 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4177 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4178 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4179 #endif | |
| 4180 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4181 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4182 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4183 src = tail; |
| 4184 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4185 } | |
| 4186 if (mustfree) | |
| 4187 vim_free(var); | |
| 4188 } | |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4191 { | |
| 4192 /* | |
| 1224 | 4193 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4194 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4195 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4196 */ |
| 4197 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4198 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4199 { | |
| 4200 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4201 --dstlen; | |
| 4202 } | |
| 1408 | 4203 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4204 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4205 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4206 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4207 |
| 4208 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4209 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4210 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4211 } |
| 4212 } | |
| 4213 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 /* | |
| 4217 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4218 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4219 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4220 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4221 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4222 */ |
| 4223 char_u * | |
| 4224 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4225 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4226 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4227 { |
| 4228 char_u *p; | |
| 4229 char_u *pend; | |
| 4230 int vimruntime; | |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4233 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4234 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4235 return homedir; | |
| 4236 #endif | |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4239 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4240 p = NULL; | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4243 { |
| 4244 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4245 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4246 { | |
| 4247 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4248 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4249 |
| 4250 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4251 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4252 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4253 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4254 { | |
| 4255 p = pp; | |
| 4256 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4257 } | |
| 4258 } | |
| 4259 #endif | |
| 7 | 4260 return p; |
| 170 | 4261 } |
| 7 | 4262 |
| 4263 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4264 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4265 return NULL; | |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 /* | |
| 4268 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4269 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4270 */ | |
| 4271 if (vimruntime | |
| 4272 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4273 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4274 #endif | |
| 4275 ) | |
| 4276 { | |
| 4277 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4278 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4279 p = NULL; | |
| 4280 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4281 { | |
| 4282 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4283 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4284 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4285 else | |
| 4286 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4287 |
| 4288 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4289 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4290 { | |
| 4291 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4292 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4293 |
| 4294 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4295 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4296 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4297 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4298 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4299 { | |
| 2786 | 4300 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4301 vim_free(p); |
| 4302 p = pp; | |
| 4303 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 4305 } | |
| 4306 #endif | |
| 7 | 4307 } |
| 4308 } | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 /* | |
| 4311 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4312 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4313 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4314 */ | |
| 4315 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4316 { | |
| 4317 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4318 p = p_hf; | |
| 4319 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4320 /* | |
| 4321 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4322 */ | |
| 4323 else | |
| 4324 p = exe_name; | |
| 4325 #endif | |
| 4326 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4329 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4330 | |
| 4331 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4332 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4333 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4336 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4337 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4338 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4339 { | |
| 4340 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4341 char_u *pnew; |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4344 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4345 { | |
| 4346 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4347 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4348 { | |
| 4349 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4350 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4351 p = pnew; | |
| 4352 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4353 } | |
| 4354 } | |
| 7 | 4355 } |
| 4356 # endif | |
| 4357 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4358 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4359 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4360 #endif | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4363 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4364 { | |
| 4365 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4366 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4370 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4371 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4372 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4373 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4374 --pend; |
| 4375 #endif | |
| 4376 | |
| 768 | 4377 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4378 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4379 #endif | |
| 4380 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4381 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4382 |
| 4383 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4384 { | |
| 4385 vim_free(p); | |
| 4386 p = NULL; | |
| 4387 } | |
| 4388 else | |
| 4389 { | |
| 4390 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4391 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4392 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4393 { | |
| 4394 vim_free(p); | |
| 4395 p = pend; | |
| 4396 } | |
| 4397 #endif | |
| 4398 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4399 } | |
| 4400 } | |
| 4401 } | |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4404 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4405 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4406 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4407 { | |
| 4408 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4409 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4410 { | |
| 4411 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4412 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4413 } | |
| 4414 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4415 { | |
| 4416 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4417 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4418 else | |
| 4419 { | |
| 4420 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4421 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4422 } | |
| 4423 } | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 #endif | |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 /* | |
| 4428 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4429 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4430 */ | |
| 4431 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4432 { | |
| 4433 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4434 { | |
| 4435 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4436 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4437 } | |
| 4438 else | |
| 4439 { | |
| 4440 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4441 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 } | |
| 4444 return p; | |
| 4445 } | |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 /* | |
| 4448 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4449 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4450 */ | |
| 4451 static char_u * | |
| 4452 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4453 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 char_u *p; | |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4458 return NULL; | |
| 4459 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4460 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4461 return p; | |
| 4462 vim_free(p); | |
| 4463 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4464 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4465 return p; | |
| 4466 vim_free(p); | |
| 4467 return NULL; | |
| 4468 } | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 /* | |
| 4471 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4472 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4473 */ | |
| 4474 static char_u * | |
| 4475 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4476 char_u *p; | |
| 4477 char_u *pend; | |
| 4478 char_u *name; | |
| 4479 { | |
| 4480 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4481 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 if (newend >= p | |
| 4484 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4485 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4486 return newend; |
| 4487 return pend; | |
| 4488 } | |
| 4489 | |
| 4490 /* | |
| 4491 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4492 */ | |
| 4493 void | |
| 4494 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4495 char_u *name; | |
| 4496 char_u *val; | |
| 4497 { | |
| 4498 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4499 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4500 #else | |
| 4501 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 /* | |
| 4504 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4505 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4506 */ | |
| 4507 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4508 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4509 { | |
| 4510 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4511 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4512 } | |
| 4513 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4514 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4515 /* | |
| 4516 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4517 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4518 */ | |
| 4519 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4520 { | |
| 4521 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4524 { | |
| 4525 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4526 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 } | |
| 4529 #endif | |
| 7 | 4530 } |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4533 /* | |
| 4534 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4535 */ | |
| 4536 char_u * | |
| 4537 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4538 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4539 int idx; |
| 4540 { | |
| 4541 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4542 /* | |
| 4543 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4544 */ | |
| 4545 return NULL; | |
| 4546 # else | |
| 4547 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4548 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4549 extern char **environ; | |
| 4550 # endif | |
| 17 | 4551 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4552 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4553 char_u *str; |
| 4554 int n; | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4557 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4558 return NULL; | |
| 4559 | |
| 17 | 4560 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4561 { |
| 4562 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4563 break; | |
| 4564 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4565 } | |
| 4566 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4567 return name; | |
| 4568 # endif | |
| 4569 } | |
| 3744 | 4570 |
| 4571 /* | |
| 4572 * Find all user names for user completion. | |
| 4573 * Done only once and then cached. | |
| 4574 */ | |
| 4575 static void | |
|
4938
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4576 init_users() |
|
bcb84438bb5b
updated for version 7.3.1214
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
4577 { |
| 3744 | 4578 static int lazy_init_done = FALSE; |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 if (lazy_init_done) | |
| 4581 return; | |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 lazy_init_done = TRUE; | |
| 4584 ga_init2(&ga_users, sizeof(char_u *), 20); | |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWENT) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 4587 { | |
| 4588 char_u* user; | |
| 4589 struct passwd* pw; | |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 setpwent(); | |
| 4592 while ((pw = getpwent()) != NULL) | |
| 4593 /* pw->pw_name shouldn't be NULL but just in case... */ | |
| 4594 if (pw->pw_name != NULL) | |
| 4595 { | |
| 4596 if (ga_grow(&ga_users, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 4597 break; | |
| 4598 user = vim_strsave((char_u*)pw->pw_name); | |
| 4599 if (user == NULL) | |
| 4600 break; | |
| 4601 ((char_u **)(ga_users.ga_data))[ga_users.ga_len++] = user; | |
| 4602 } | |
| 4603 endpwent(); | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 # endif | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 /* | |
| 4609 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an user names. | |
| 4610 */ | |
| 4611 char_u* | |
| 4612 get_users(xp, idx) | |
| 4613 expand_T *xp UNUSED; | |
| 4614 int idx; | |
| 4615 { | |
| 4616 init_users(); | |
| 4617 if (idx < ga_users.ga_len) | |
| 4618 return ((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[idx]; | |
| 4619 return NULL; | |
| 4620 } | |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 /* | |
| 4623 * Check whether name matches a user name. Return: | |
| 4624 * 0 if name does not match any user name. | |
| 4625 * 1 if name partially matches the beginning of a user name. | |
| 4626 * 2 is name fully matches a user name. | |
| 4627 */ | |
| 4628 int match_user(name) | |
| 4629 char_u* name; | |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 int i; | |
| 4632 int n = (int)STRLEN(name); | |
| 4633 int result = 0; | |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 init_users(); | |
| 4636 for (i = 0; i < ga_users.ga_len; i++) | |
| 4637 { | |
| 4638 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name) == 0) | |
| 4639 return 2; /* full match */ | |
| 4640 if (STRNCMP(((char_u **)ga_users.ga_data)[i], name, n) == 0) | |
| 4641 result = 1; /* partial match */ | |
| 4642 } | |
| 4643 return result; | |
| 4644 } | |
| 7 | 4645 #endif |
| 4646 | |
| 4647 /* | |
| 4648 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4649 * 'src'. | |
| 4650 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4651 */ | |
| 4652 void | |
| 4653 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4654 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4655 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4656 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4657 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4658 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4659 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4662 size_t len; | |
| 3598 | 4663 char_u *homedir_env, *homedir_env_orig; |
| 7 | 4664 char_u *p; |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4667 { | |
| 4668 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4669 return; | |
| 4670 } | |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 /* | |
| 4673 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4674 */ | |
| 4675 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4676 { | |
| 4677 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4678 return; | |
| 4679 } | |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 /* | |
| 4682 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4683 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4684 */ | |
| 4685 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4686 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3598 | 4689 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); |
| 7 | 4690 #else |
| 3598 | 4691 homedir_env_orig = homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); |
| 4692 #endif | |
| 3658 | 4693 /* Empty is the same as not set. */ |
| 4694 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4695 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4696 | |
|
4752
77ecab3bb207
updated for version 7.3.1123
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
4697 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 3658 | 4698 if (homedir_env != NULL && vim_strchr(homedir_env, '~') != NULL) |
| 3598 | 4699 { |
| 4700 int usedlen = 0; | |
| 4701 int flen; | |
| 4702 char_u *fbuf = NULL; | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 3608 | 4705 (void)modify_fname((char_u *)":p", &usedlen, |
| 4706 &homedir_env, &fbuf, &flen); | |
| 3598 | 4707 flen = (int)STRLEN(homedir_env); |
| 4708 if (flen > 0 && vim_ispathsep(homedir_env[flen - 1])) | |
| 4709 /* Remove the trailing / that is added to a directory. */ | |
| 4710 homedir_env[flen - 1] = NUL; | |
| 4711 } | |
| 7 | 4712 #endif |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4715 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 if (!one) | |
| 4718 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4719 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4720 { | |
| 4721 /* | |
| 4722 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4723 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4724 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4725 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4726 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4727 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4728 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4729 */ | |
| 4730 p = homedir; | |
| 4731 len = dirlen; | |
| 4732 for (;;) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 if ( len | |
| 4735 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4736 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4737 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4738 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4739 { | |
| 4740 src += len; | |
| 4741 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4742 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 /* | |
| 4745 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4746 */ | |
| 4747 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4748 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4749 break; | |
| 4750 } | |
| 4751 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4752 break; | |
| 4753 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4754 len = envlen; | |
| 4755 } | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4758 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4759 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4760 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4761 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4762 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4763 } | |
| 4764 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 *dst = NUL; | |
| 3598 | 4767 |
| 4768 if (homedir_env != homedir_env_orig) | |
| 4769 vim_free(homedir_env); | |
| 7 | 4770 } |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 /* | |
| 4773 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4774 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4775 */ | |
| 4776 char_u * | |
| 4777 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4778 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4779 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4780 { | |
| 4781 char_u *dst; | |
| 4782 unsigned len; | |
| 4783 | |
| 4784 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4785 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4786 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4787 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4788 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4789 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4790 return dst; | |
| 4791 } | |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 /* | |
| 4794 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4795 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4796 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4797 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4798 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4799 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4800 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4801 */ | |
| 4802 int | |
| 4803 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4804 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4805 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4808 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4809 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4810 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4811 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4812 int r1, r2; | |
| 4813 | |
| 4814 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4815 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4816 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4817 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4818 { | |
| 4819 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4820 if (checkname) | |
| 4821 { | |
| 4822 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4823 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4824 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4825 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4826 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4827 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4828 } | |
| 4829 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4832 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4833 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4834 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4835 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4836 #else | |
| 4837 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4838 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4839 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4840 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4841 int r1, r2; | |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4844 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4845 { | |
| 4846 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4847 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4850 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4851 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4854 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4855 { | |
| 4856 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4857 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4858 else | |
| 4859 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4860 } | |
| 4861 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4862 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4863 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4864 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4865 else | |
| 4866 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4867 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4868 } | |
| 4869 return retval; | |
| 4870 #endif | |
| 4871 } | |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 /* | |
| 10 | 4874 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4875 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4876 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4877 */ |
| 4878 char_u * | |
| 4879 gettail(fname) | |
| 4880 char_u *fname; | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4885 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 5432 | 4886 for (p1 = p2 = get_past_head(fname); *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 if (vim_ispathsep_nocolon(*p2)) | |
| 7 | 4889 p1 = p2 + 1; |
| 39 | 4890 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4891 } |
| 4892 return p1; | |
| 4893 } | |
| 4894 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4895 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4896 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4897 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4898 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4899 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4900 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4901 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4902 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4903 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4904 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4905 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4906 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4907 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4908 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4909 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4910 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4911 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4912 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4913 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4914 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4915 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4916 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4917 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4918 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4919 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4920 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4921 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4922 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4923 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4924 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4925 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4926 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4927 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4928 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4929 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4930 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4931 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4932 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4933 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4934 |
| 7 | 4935 /* |
| 39 | 4936 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4937 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4938 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4939 */ | |
| 4940 char_u * | |
| 4941 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4942 char_u *fname; | |
| 4943 { | |
| 4944 char_u *p; | |
| 4945 char_u *t; | |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4948 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4949 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4950 --t; | |
| 4951 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4952 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4953 ++t; | |
| 4954 #endif | |
| 4955 return t; | |
| 4956 } | |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 /* | |
| 7 | 4959 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4960 */ | |
| 4961 char_u * | |
| 4962 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4963 char_u *fname; | |
| 4964 { | |
| 4965 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4966 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4967 if (*fname) |
| 4968 ++fname; | |
| 4969 return fname; | |
| 4970 } | |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 /* | |
| 4973 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4974 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4975 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4976 */ | |
| 4977 char_u * | |
| 4978 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4979 char_u *path; | |
| 4980 { | |
| 4981 char_u *retval; | |
| 4982 | |
| 4983 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4984 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4985 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4986 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4987 else | |
| 4988 retval = path; | |
| 4989 #else | |
| 4990 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4991 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4992 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4993 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4994 retval = path; | |
| 4995 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4996 retval = path; | |
| 4997 # endif | |
| 4998 #endif | |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 5001 ++retval; | |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 return retval; | |
| 5004 } | |
| 5005 | |
| 5006 /* | |
| 5432 | 5007 * Return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. |
| 5008 * Note that for MS-Windows this includes the colon. | |
| 7 | 5009 */ |
| 5010 int | |
| 5011 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 5012 int c; | |
| 5013 { | |
| 2823 | 5014 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 5015 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 5016 #else |
| 5017 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 5018 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 5019 # else |
| 5020 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 5021 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 5022 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 5023 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 5024 # else |
| 7 | 5025 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 5026 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 5027 # endif |
| 2823 | 5028 #endif |
| 7 | 5029 } |
| 5030 | |
| 5432 | 5031 /* |
| 5032 * Like vim_ispathsep(c), but exclude the colon for MS-Windows. | |
| 5033 */ | |
| 5034 int | |
| 5035 vim_ispathsep_nocolon(c) | |
| 5036 int c; | |
| 5037 { | |
| 5038 return vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 5039 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5040 && c != ':' | |
| 5041 #endif | |
| 5042 ; | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 | |
| 7 | 5045 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) |
| 5046 /* | |
| 5047 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 5048 */ | |
| 5049 int | |
| 5050 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 5051 int c; | |
| 5052 { | |
| 5053 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 5054 return (c == ':'); | |
| 5055 #else | |
| 1224 | 5056 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 5057 #endif |
| 5058 } | |
| 5059 #endif | |
| 5060 | |
| 819 | 5061 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 5062 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5063 /* | |
| 5064 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 5065 * It's done in-place. | |
| 5066 */ | |
| 5067 void | |
| 5068 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 5069 char_u *str; | |
| 5070 { | |
| 5071 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 5072 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 5073 | |
| 5074 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 5075 d = str; | |
| 5076 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 5079 { | |
| 5080 *d++ = *s; | |
| 5081 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 5082 break; | |
| 5083 } | |
| 5084 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 5085 { | |
| 5086 *d++ = *s; | |
| 5087 skip = FALSE; | |
| 5088 } | |
| 5089 else if (!skip) | |
| 5090 { | |
| 5091 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 5092 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 5093 skip = TRUE; | |
| 5094 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5095 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5096 { | |
| 5097 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 5100 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 5101 } |
| 5102 # endif | |
| 5103 } | |
| 5104 } | |
| 5105 } | |
| 5106 #endif | |
| 5107 | |
| 594 | 5108 /* |
| 5109 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 5110 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 5111 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 5112 */ | |
| 5113 int | |
| 5114 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 5115 char_u *fname; | |
| 5116 { | |
| 5117 char_u *p; | |
| 5118 int c; | |
| 5119 int retval; | |
| 5120 | |
| 5121 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 5122 if (p == fname) | |
| 5123 return TRUE; | |
| 5124 c = *p; | |
| 5125 *p = NUL; | |
| 5126 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 5127 *p = c; | |
| 5128 return retval; | |
| 5129 } | |
| 5130 | |
| 4242 | 5131 /* |
| 5132 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally | |
| 5133 * and deal with 'fileignorecase'. | |
| 7 | 5134 */ |
| 5135 int | |
| 5136 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 5137 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5138 { | |
| 4242 | 5139 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 7 | 5140 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); |
| 4242 | 5141 #else |
| 5142 if (p_fic) | |
| 5143 return MB_STRICMP(x, y); | |
| 5144 return STRCMP(x, y); | |
| 5145 #endif | |
| 7 | 5146 } |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 int | |
| 5149 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 5150 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 5151 size_t len; | |
| 5152 { | |
| 4242 | 5153 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME |
| 4246 | 5154 char_u *px = x; |
| 5155 char_u *py = y; | |
| 5156 int cx = NUL; | |
| 5157 int cy = NUL; | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 while (len > 0) | |
| 5160 { | |
| 5161 cx = PTR2CHAR(px); | |
| 5162 cy = PTR2CHAR(py); | |
| 5163 if (cx == NUL || cy == NUL | |
| 5164 || ((p_fic ? MB_TOLOWER(cx) != MB_TOLOWER(cy) : cx != cy) | |
| 5165 && !(cx == '/' && cy == '\\') | |
| 5166 && !(cx == '\\' && cy == '/'))) | |
| 7 | 5167 break; |
| 4246 | 5168 len -= MB_PTR2LEN(px); |
| 5169 px += MB_PTR2LEN(px); | |
| 5170 py += MB_PTR2LEN(py); | |
| 7 | 5171 } |
| 5172 if (len == 0) | |
| 5173 return 0; | |
| 4246 | 5174 return (cx - cy); |
| 4242 | 5175 #else |
| 5176 if (p_fic) | |
| 5177 return MB_STRNICMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5178 return STRNCMP(x, y, len); | |
| 5179 #endif | |
| 5180 } | |
| 7 | 5181 |
| 5182 /* | |
| 5183 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 5184 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 5185 */ |
| 5186 char_u * | |
| 5187 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 5188 char_u *fname1; | |
| 5189 char_u *fname2; | |
| 5190 int sep; | |
| 5191 { | |
| 5192 char_u *dest; | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 5195 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 5198 if (sep) | |
| 5199 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 5200 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 5201 } | |
| 5202 return dest; | |
| 5203 } | |
| 5204 | |
| 115 | 5205 /* |
| 5206 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 5207 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5208 */ | |
| 5209 char_u * | |
| 5210 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 5211 char_u *str1; | |
| 5212 char_u *str2; | |
| 5213 { | |
| 5214 char_u *dest; | |
| 5215 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 5218 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5219 { | |
| 5220 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 5221 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 5222 } | |
| 5223 return dest; | |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 | |
| 7 | 5226 /* |
| 5227 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 5228 * separator. | |
| 5229 */ | |
| 5230 void | |
| 5231 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 5232 char_u *p; | |
| 5233 { | |
| 39 | 5234 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 5235 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 5236 } | |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 /* | |
| 5239 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 5240 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 5241 */ | |
| 5242 char_u * | |
| 5243 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 5244 char_u *fname; | |
| 3584 | 5245 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks |
| 5246 * like a full path name */ | |
| 7 | 5247 { |
| 5248 char_u *buf; | |
| 5249 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 5250 | |
| 5251 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 5252 return NULL; | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 5255 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 5256 { | |
| 5257 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 5258 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 5259 else | |
| 5260 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 5261 vim_free(buf); | |
| 5262 } | |
| 5263 return new_fname; | |
| 5264 } | |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 5442 | 5269 static pos_T *ind_find_start_comment __ARGS((void)); |
| 6971 | 5270 static pos_T *ind_find_start_CORS __ARGS((void)); |
| 5271 static pos_T *find_start_rawstring __ARGS((int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 7 | 5272 |
| 5273 /* | |
| 5274 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 5275 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 6971 | 5276 * Return NULL when not inside a comment. |
| 7 | 5277 */ |
| 5442 | 5278 static pos_T * |
| 5279 ind_find_start_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5280 { | |
| 5281 return find_start_comment(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5282 } | |
| 5283 | |
| 7 | 5284 pos_T * |
| 5285 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5286 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5287 { | |
| 5288 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5289 char_u *line; | |
| 5290 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5291 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 for (;;) | |
| 5294 { | |
| 5295 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5296 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5297 break; | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 /* | |
| 5300 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5301 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5302 */ | |
| 5303 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5304 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5305 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5306 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5307 break; |
| 5308 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5309 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5310 { | |
| 5311 pos = NULL; | |
| 5312 break; | |
| 5313 } | |
| 5314 } | |
| 7 | 5315 return pos; |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 /* | |
| 6971 | 5319 * Find the start of a comment or raw string, not knowing if we are in a |
| 5320 * comment or raw string right now. | |
| 5321 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5322 * Return NULL when not inside a comment or raw string. | |
| 5323 * "CORS" -> Comment Or Raw String | |
| 5324 */ | |
| 5325 static pos_T * | |
| 5326 ind_find_start_CORS() /* XXX */ | |
| 5327 { | |
| 5328 pos_T *comment_pos = find_start_comment(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5329 pos_T *rs_pos = find_start_rawstring(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment); | |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 /* If comment_pos is before rs_pos the raw string is inside the comment. | |
| 5332 * If rs_pos is before comment_pos the comment is inside the raw string. */ | |
| 5333 if (comment_pos == NULL || (rs_pos != NULL && lt(*rs_pos, *comment_pos))) | |
| 5334 return rs_pos; | |
| 5335 return comment_pos; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 | |
| 5338 /* | |
| 5339 * Find the start of a raw string, not knowing if we are in one right now. | |
| 5340 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 5341 * Return NULL when not inside a raw string. | |
| 5342 */ | |
| 5343 static pos_T * | |
| 5344 find_start_rawstring(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5345 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5346 { | |
| 5347 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5348 char_u *line; | |
| 5349 char_u *p; | |
| 5350 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 for (;;) | |
| 5353 { | |
| 5354 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 'R', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5355 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5356 break; | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 /* | |
| 5359 * Check if the raw string start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5360 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5361 */ | |
| 5362 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 5363 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) | |
| 5364 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 5365 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) | |
| 5366 break; | |
| 5367 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5368 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5369 { | |
| 5370 pos = NULL; | |
| 5371 break; | |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 } | |
| 5374 return pos; | |
| 5375 } | |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 /* | |
| 7 | 5378 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. |
| 5379 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5380 */ | |
| 5381 static char_u * | |
| 5382 skip_string(p) | |
| 5383 char_u *p; | |
| 5384 { | |
| 5385 int i; | |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 /* | |
| 5388 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5389 */ | |
| 5390 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5393 { | |
| 5394 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5395 break; | |
| 5396 i = 2; | |
| 5397 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5398 { | |
| 5399 ++i; | |
| 5400 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5401 ++i; | |
| 5402 } | |
| 5403 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5404 { | |
| 5405 p += i; | |
| 5406 continue; | |
| 5407 } | |
| 5408 } | |
| 5409 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5410 { | |
| 5411 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5412 { | |
| 5413 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5414 ++p; | |
| 5415 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5416 break; | |
| 5417 } | |
| 5418 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 6971 | 5419 continue; /* continue for another string */ |
| 5420 } | |
| 5421 else if (p[0] == 'R' && p[1] == '"') | |
| 5422 { | |
| 5423 /* Raw string: R"[delim](...)[delim]" */ | |
| 5424 char_u *delim = p + 2; | |
| 5425 char_u *paren = vim_strchr(delim, '('); | |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 if (paren != NULL) | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 size_t delim_len = paren - delim; | |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 for (p += 3; *p; ++p) | |
| 5432 if (p[0] == ')' && STRNCMP(p + 1, delim, delim_len) == 0 | |
| 5433 && p[delim_len + 1] == '"') | |
| 5434 { | |
| 5435 p += delim_len + 1; | |
| 5436 break; | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5439 continue; /* continue for another string */ | |
| 5440 } | |
| 7 | 5441 } |
| 5442 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 if (!*p) | |
| 5445 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5446 return p; | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5451 | |
| 5452 /* | |
| 5453 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5454 */ | |
| 5455 void | |
| 5456 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5459 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5460 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5461 else | |
| 5462 # endif | |
| 5463 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5464 } | |
| 5465 | |
| 6803 | 5466 /* Find result cache for cpp_baseclass */ |
| 5467 typedef struct { | |
| 5468 int found; | |
| 5469 lpos_T lpos; | |
| 5470 } cpp_baseclass_cache_T; | |
| 5471 | |
| 7 | 5472 /* |
| 5473 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5474 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5475 */ | |
| 5476 /* | |
| 5477 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5478 */ | |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5481 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5482 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 6030 | 5483 static int cin_has_js_key __ARGS((char_u *text)); |
| 7 | 5484 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); |
| 5485 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5486 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5487 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5442 | 5488 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp)); |
| 7 | 5489 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); |
| 5490 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5491 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5492 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5493 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5494 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5495 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5496 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5442 | 5497 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T)); |
| 7 | 5498 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5499 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5500 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5442 | 5501 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T)); |
| 3461 | 5502 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 5442 | 5503 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated)); |
| 7 | 5504 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 6803 | 5505 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((cpp_baseclass_cache_T *cached)); |
| 5442 | 5506 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col)); |
| 7 | 5507 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 4184 | 5508 static int cin_starts_with __ARGS((char_u *s, char *word)); |
| 7 | 5509 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); |
| 5442 | 5510 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((void)); |
| 5511 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int)); | |
| 6030 | 5512 static pos_T *find_match_char __ARGS((int c, int ind_maxparen)); |
| 5442 | 5513 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((pos_T *startpos)); |
| 7 | 5514 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); |
| 5442 | 5515 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope)); |
| 2857 | 5516 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5517 |
| 5518 /* | |
| 5519 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5520 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5521 */ |
| 5522 static char_u * | |
| 5523 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5524 char_u *s; | |
| 5525 { | |
| 5526 while (*s) | |
| 5527 { | |
| 1096 | 5528 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5529 | |
| 7 | 5530 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5531 |
| 5532 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5533 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5438 | 5534 if (curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') |
| 1096 | 5535 { |
| 5536 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5537 break; | |
| 5538 } | |
| 7 | 5539 if (*s != '/') |
| 5540 break; | |
| 5541 ++s; | |
| 5542 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5545 break; | |
| 5546 } | |
| 5547 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5548 break; | |
| 5549 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5550 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5551 { | |
| 5552 s += 2; | |
| 5553 break; | |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 } | |
| 5556 return s; | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 /* | |
| 2805 | 5560 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5561 * not considered code. |
| 5562 */ | |
| 5563 static int | |
| 5564 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5565 char_u *s; | |
| 5566 { | |
| 5567 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5568 } | |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 /* | |
| 5571 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5572 */ | |
| 5573 static pos_T * | |
| 5574 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5575 { | |
| 5576 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5577 char_u *line; | |
| 5578 char_u *p; | |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5581 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5582 { | |
| 5583 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5584 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5585 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5586 { | |
| 5587 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5588 return &pos; | |
| 5589 } | |
| 5590 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5591 break; | |
| 5592 } | |
| 5593 return NULL; | |
| 5594 } | |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 /* | |
| 6030 | 5597 * Return TRUE if "text" starts with "key:". |
| 5598 */ | |
| 5599 static int | |
| 5600 cin_has_js_key(text) | |
| 5601 char_u *text; | |
| 5602 { | |
| 5603 char_u *s = skipwhite(text); | |
| 6104 | 5604 int quote = -1; |
| 6030 | 5605 |
| 5606 if (*s == '\'' || *s == '"') | |
| 5607 { | |
| 5608 /* can be 'key': or "key": */ | |
| 5609 quote = *s; | |
| 5610 ++s; | |
| 5611 } | |
| 5612 if (!vim_isIDc(*s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5613 return FALSE; | |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 while (vim_isIDc(*s)) | |
| 5616 ++s; | |
| 5617 if (*s == quote) | |
| 5618 ++s; | |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5621 | |
| 5622 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5623 return (*s == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5624 } | |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 /* | |
| 7 | 5627 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. |
| 6030 | 5628 * "*s" must point to the start of the label, if there is one. |
| 7 | 5629 */ |
| 5630 static int | |
| 5631 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5632 char_u **s; | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5635 return FALSE; | |
| 5636 | |
| 5637 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5638 (*s)++; | |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5643 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5644 } | |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 /* | |
| 5647 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5648 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5649 */ | |
| 5650 int | |
| 5442 | 5651 cin_islabel() /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 5652 { |
| 5653 char_u *s; | |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 /* | |
| 5658 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5659 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5660 */ | |
| 5661 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5662 return FALSE; | |
| 5663 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5664 return FALSE; | |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5667 { | |
| 5668 /* | |
| 5669 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5670 * label. | |
| 5671 */ | |
| 5672 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5673 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5674 char_u *line; | |
| 5675 | |
| 5676 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5677 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5678 { | |
| 5679 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5680 | |
| 5681 /* | |
| 6971 | 5682 * If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start of |
| 5683 * it. | |
| 7 | 5684 */ |
| 5685 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6971 | 5686 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 5687 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5690 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5691 continue; | |
| 5692 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5693 continue; | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5696 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5697 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5698 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5699 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5700 return TRUE; | |
| 5701 return FALSE; | |
| 5702 } | |
| 5703 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5704 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5705 } | |
| 5706 return FALSE; | |
| 5707 } | |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 /* | |
| 4184 | 5710 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations: |
| 5711 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] enum" | |
| 5712 * "[typedef] [static|public|protected|private] = {" | |
| 7 | 5713 */ |
| 5714 static int | |
| 5715 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5716 { | |
| 5717 char_u *s; | |
| 4184 | 5718 static char *skip[] = {"static", "public", "protected", "private"}; |
| 7 | 5719 |
| 5720 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5721 | |
| 4184 | 5722 if (cin_starts_with(s, "typedef")) |
| 7 | 5723 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); |
| 5724 | |
| 4184 | 5725 for (;;) |
| 5726 { | |
| 5727 int i, l; | |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(skip) / sizeof(char *)); ++i) | |
| 5730 { | |
| 4207 | 5731 l = (int)strlen(skip[i]); |
| 4184 | 5732 if (cin_starts_with(s, skip[i])) |
| 5733 { | |
| 5734 s = cin_skipcomment(s + l); | |
| 5735 l = 0; | |
| 5736 break; | |
| 5737 } | |
| 5738 } | |
| 5739 if (l != 0) | |
| 5740 break; | |
| 5741 } | |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 if (cin_starts_with(s, "enum")) | |
| 7 | 5744 return TRUE; |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5747 return TRUE; | |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 return FALSE; | |
| 5750 } | |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 /* | |
| 5753 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5754 */ | |
| 5755 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5756 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5757 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5758 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5759 { |
| 5760 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 4184 | 5761 if (cin_starts_with(s, "case")) |
| 7 | 5762 { |
| 5763 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5764 { | |
| 5765 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5766 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5767 { | |
| 5768 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5769 ++s; | |
| 5770 else | |
| 5771 return TRUE; | |
| 5772 } | |
| 5773 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5774 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5775 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5776 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5777 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5778 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5779 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5780 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5781 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5782 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5783 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5784 } |
| 7 | 5785 } |
| 5786 return FALSE; | |
| 5787 } | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5790 return TRUE; | |
| 5791 return FALSE; | |
| 5792 } | |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 /* | |
| 5795 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5796 */ | |
| 5797 static int | |
| 5798 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5799 char_u *s; | |
| 5800 { | |
| 5801 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5802 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5803 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5804 } | |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5807 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5808 */ |
| 5809 int | |
| 5810 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5811 char_u *s; | |
| 5812 { | |
| 5813 int i; | |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5816 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5817 i = 6; | |
| 5818 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5819 i = 9; | |
| 5820 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5821 i = 7; | |
| 5822 else | |
| 5823 return FALSE; | |
| 5824 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 | |
| 2857 | 5827 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5828 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 /* | |
| 5831 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5832 */ | |
| 5833 static int | |
| 5834 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5835 char_u *s; | |
| 5836 { | |
| 5837 char_u *p; | |
| 5838 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5841 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5842 { | |
| 5843 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5844 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5845 { | |
| 5846 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5847 { | |
| 5848 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5849 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5850 } | |
| 5851 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5852 { | |
| 5853 break; | |
| 5854 } | |
| 5855 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5856 { | |
| 5857 if (has_name) | |
| 5858 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5859 ++p; | |
| 5860 } | |
| 5861 else | |
| 5862 { | |
| 5863 return FALSE; | |
| 5864 } | |
| 5865 } | |
| 5866 return TRUE; | |
| 5867 } | |
| 5868 return FALSE; | |
| 5869 } | |
| 5870 | |
| 7 | 5871 /* |
| 5872 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5873 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5874 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5875 * ^ | |
| 5876 */ | |
| 5877 static char_u * | |
| 5878 after_label(l) | |
| 5879 char_u *l; | |
| 5880 { | |
| 5881 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5882 { | |
| 5883 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5884 { | |
| 5885 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5886 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5887 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5888 break; |
| 5889 } | |
| 5890 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5891 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5892 } | |
| 5893 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5894 return NULL; | |
| 5895 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5896 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5897 return NULL; | |
| 5898 return l; | |
| 5899 } | |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 /* | |
| 5902 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5903 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5904 */ | |
| 5905 static int | |
| 5906 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5907 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5908 { | |
| 5909 char_u *l; | |
| 5910 pos_T fp; | |
| 5911 colnr_T col; | |
| 5912 char_u *p; | |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5915 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5916 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5917 return 0; | |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5920 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5921 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5922 return (int)col; | |
| 5923 } | |
| 5924 | |
| 5925 /* | |
| 5926 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5927 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5928 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5929 * ^ | |
| 5930 */ | |
| 5931 static int | |
| 5442 | 5932 skip_label(lnum, pp) |
| 7 | 5933 linenr_T lnum; |
| 5934 char_u **pp; | |
| 5935 { | |
| 5936 char_u *l; | |
| 5937 int amount; | |
| 5938 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5941 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5942 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5943 /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 5944 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) || cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 5945 { |
| 5946 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5947 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5948 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5949 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5950 } | |
| 5951 else | |
| 5952 { | |
| 5953 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5954 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5955 } | |
| 5956 *pp = l; | |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5959 return amount; | |
| 5960 } | |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 /* | |
| 5963 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5964 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5965 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5966 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5967 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5968 */ | |
| 5969 static int | |
| 5970 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5971 { | |
| 5972 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5973 int len; | |
| 5974 pos_T fp; | |
| 5975 colnr_T col; | |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5978 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5979 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5980 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5981 { | |
| 5982 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5983 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5984 } |
| 5985 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5986 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5987 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5988 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5989 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5990 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5991 { | |
| 5992 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5993 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5994 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5995 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5996 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5997 p = s; | |
| 5998 } | |
| 5999 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 6000 ; | |
| 6001 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 6002 return 0; | |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6005 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6006 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 6007 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6008 return (int)col; | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 /* | |
| 6012 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 6013 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 6014 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 6015 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 6016 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 6017 * asdf\ | |
| 6018 * here"; | |
| 6019 */ | |
| 6020 static int | |
| 6021 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 6022 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6023 { | |
| 6024 char_u *line; | |
| 6025 char_u *s; | |
| 6026 colnr_T col; | |
| 6027 pos_T fp; | |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 6030 { | |
| 6031 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 6032 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 6033 return -1; | |
| 6034 } | |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6037 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 6038 { | |
| 6039 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6040 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6041 else | |
| 6042 ++s; | |
| 6043 } | |
| 6044 if (*s != '=') | |
| 6045 return 0; | |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 6048 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 6049 return 0; | |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 6052 ++s; | |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6055 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 6056 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6057 return (int)col; | |
| 6058 } | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 /* | |
| 6061 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 6062 */ | |
| 6063 static int | |
| 6064 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 6065 char_u *s; | |
| 6066 { | |
| 2776 | 6067 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 6068 return TRUE; |
| 6069 return FALSE; | |
| 6070 } | |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 /* | |
| 6073 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 6074 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 6075 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 6076 */ | |
| 6077 static int | |
| 6078 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 6079 char_u **pp; | |
| 6080 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 6083 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 6084 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6085 | |
| 408 | 6086 for (;;) |
| 7 | 6087 { |
| 6088 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 6089 { | |
| 6090 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6091 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 6092 break; | |
| 6093 } | |
| 6094 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 6095 break; | |
| 6096 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 6097 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 6098 break; | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 | |
| 6101 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 6102 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 6103 return retval; | |
| 6104 } | |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 /* | |
| 6107 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 6108 */ | |
| 6109 static int | |
| 6110 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 6111 char_u *p; | |
| 6112 { | |
| 6113 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 6114 } | |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 /* | |
| 6117 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 6118 */ | |
| 6119 static int | |
| 6120 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 6121 char_u *p; | |
| 6122 { | |
| 6123 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 6124 } | |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 /* | |
| 2805 | 6127 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 6128 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 6129 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 6130 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 6131 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 6132 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 6133 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 6134 */ | |
| 6135 static int | |
| 6136 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 6137 char_u *s; | |
| 6138 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 6139 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 6140 { | |
| 2843 | 6141 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 6142 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 6143 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 6144 |
| 6145 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 6148 found_start = *s; | |
| 6149 | |
| 2843 | 6150 if (!found_start) |
| 6151 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 6152 | |
| 7 | 6153 while (*s) |
| 6154 { | |
| 6155 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 6156 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 6157 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 6158 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 6159 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 6160 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 6161 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 6162 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 6163 else if (*s == '{') |
| 6164 { | |
| 6165 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6166 return *s; | |
| 6167 else | |
| 6168 ++n_open; | |
| 6169 } | |
| 7 | 6170 |
| 6171 if (*s) | |
| 6172 s++; | |
| 6173 } | |
| 6174 return found_start; | |
| 6175 } | |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 /* | |
| 6178 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 6179 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 6180 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 6181 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6182 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 6183 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 6184 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 6185 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 6186 */ |
| 6187 static int | |
| 5442 | 6188 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum) |
| 7 | 6189 char_u **sp; |
| 6190 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 6191 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 7 | 6192 { |
| 6193 char_u *s; | |
| 6194 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 6195 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 6196 pos_T *trypos; |
| 6197 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6198 |
| 6199 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 6200 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6201 else | |
| 6202 s = *sp; | |
| 6203 | |
| 3220 | 6204 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5442 | 6205 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 3220 | 6206 { |
| 6207 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6208 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 6209 return FALSE; | |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6212 } | |
| 6213 | |
| 2776 | 6214 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 6215 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6216 return FALSE; | |
| 6217 | |
| 7 | 6218 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 6219 { | |
| 6220 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6221 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6222 else | |
| 6223 ++s; | |
| 6224 } | |
| 6225 if (*s != '(') | |
| 6226 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 6229 { | |
| 6230 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6231 { | |
| 6232 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 6233 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 6234 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 6235 * defined(y) | |
| 6236 */ | |
| 6237 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 6238 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 6239 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 6240 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6241 goto done; | |
| 6242 } | |
| 2776 | 6243 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 6244 { | |
| 6245 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 6248 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 6249 * func(arg1 | |
| 6250 * , arg2) */ | |
| 6251 for (;;) | |
| 6252 { | |
| 6253 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6254 break; | |
| 6255 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 6256 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 6257 break; | |
| 6258 } | |
| 7 | 6259 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 6260 break; | |
| 2776 | 6261 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 6262 * start of next line. */ | |
| 6263 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 6264 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 6265 break; |
| 3220 | 6266 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6267 } |
| 6268 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 6269 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6270 else | |
| 3220 | 6271 { |
| 7 | 6272 ++s; |
| 3220 | 6273 just_started = FALSE; |
| 6274 } | |
| 7 | 6275 } |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 done: | |
| 6278 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 6279 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 return retval; | |
| 6282 } | |
| 6283 | |
| 6284 static int | |
| 6285 cin_isif(p) | |
| 6286 char_u *p; | |
| 6287 { | |
| 6288 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6289 } | |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 static int | |
| 6292 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 6293 char_u *p; | |
| 6294 { | |
| 6295 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 6296 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 6297 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 6298 } | |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 static int | |
| 6301 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 6302 char_u *p; | |
| 6303 { | |
| 6304 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 6305 } | |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 /* | |
| 6308 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 6309 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 6310 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 6311 */ | |
| 6312 static int | |
| 5442 | 6313 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6314 char_u *p; |
| 6315 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6316 { | |
| 6317 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6318 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6319 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6322 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6323 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6324 if (cin_starts_with(p, "while")) |
| 7 | 6325 { |
| 6326 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6327 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6328 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6329 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6330 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 6331 { | |
| 6332 ++p; | |
| 6333 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6334 } | |
| 5442 | 6335 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, |
| 6336 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 7 | 6337 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') |
| 6338 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6339 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6340 } | |
| 6341 return retval; | |
| 6342 } | |
| 6343 | |
| 829 | 6344 /* |
| 3461 | 6345 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 6346 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 6347 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 6348 * string was found. | |
| 6349 */ | |
| 6350 static int | |
| 3461 | 6351 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 6352 char_u *line; |
| 6353 int *poffset; | |
| 6354 { | |
| 3461 | 6355 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 6356 |
| 6357 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 6358 return 0; | |
| 6359 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 6360 --offset; | |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 offset -= 1; | |
| 6363 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 6364 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 6367 { | |
| 6368 offset -= 1; | |
| 6369 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 6370 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 6373 { | |
| 6374 offset -= 2; | |
| 6375 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 6376 goto probablyFound; | |
| 6377 } | |
| 6378 } | |
| 6379 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 6380 |
| 3454 | 6381 probablyFound: |
| 6382 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 6383 { | |
| 6384 *poffset = offset; | |
| 6385 return 1; | |
| 6386 } | |
| 6387 return 0; | |
| 6388 } | |
| 6389 | |
| 6390 /* | |
| 829 | 6391 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 6392 * do | |
| 6393 * nothing; | |
| 6394 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 6395 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 6396 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 6397 */ | |
| 6398 static int | |
| 5442 | 6399 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated) |
| 829 | 6400 int terminated; |
| 6401 { | |
| 6402 char_u *line; | |
| 6403 char_u *p; | |
| 6404 char_u *s; | |
| 6405 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6406 int i; | |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 6409 return FALSE; | |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6412 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6413 { | |
| 6414 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6415 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6416 { | |
| 6417 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6418 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6419 { | |
| 6420 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6421 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6422 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6423 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 5442 | 6424 trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 829 | 6425 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 6426 { | |
| 6427 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6428 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6429 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 4184 | 6430 if (cin_starts_with(s, "while")) |
| 829 | 6431 { |
| 6432 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6433 return TRUE; | |
| 6434 } | |
| 6435 } | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6438 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6439 p = line + i; | |
| 6440 } | |
| 6441 } | |
| 6442 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6443 ++p; | |
| 6444 } | |
| 6445 return FALSE; | |
| 6446 } | |
| 6447 | |
| 7 | 6448 static int |
| 6449 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6450 char_u *p; | |
| 6451 { | |
| 6452 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6453 } | |
| 6454 | |
| 828 | 6455 /* |
| 6456 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6457 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6458 * | |
| 6459 * class MyClass : | |
| 6460 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6461 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6462 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6463 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6464 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6465 * |
| 6466 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6467 */ |
| 6468 static int | |
| 6803 | 6469 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(cached) |
| 6470 cpp_baseclass_cache_T *cached; /* input and output */ | |
| 6471 { | |
| 6472 lpos_T *pos = &cached->lpos; /* find position */ | |
| 7 | 6473 char_u *s; |
| 6474 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6475 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6476 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6477 |
| 6803 | 6478 if (pos->lnum <= lnum) |
| 6479 return cached->found; /* Use the cached result */ | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 pos->col = 0; | |
| 7 | 6482 |
| 17 | 6483 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6484 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6485 return FALSE; | |
| 6486 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6487 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6488 return FALSE; | |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6491 | |
| 828 | 6492 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6493 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6494 * a = cond ? | |
| 6495 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6496 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6497 * func::foo() |
| 6498 * : something | |
| 6499 * {} | |
| 6500 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6501 * : something(4), | |
| 6502 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6503 * {} | |
| 6504 */ | |
| 6505 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6506 { | |
| 1336 | 6507 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6508 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6509 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6510 break; | |
| 6511 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6512 { | |
| 6513 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6514 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6515 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6516 break; | |
| 6517 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6518 ++s; | |
| 6519 } | |
| 6520 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6521 break; | |
| 6522 --lnum; | |
| 6523 } | |
| 6524 | |
| 6803 | 6525 pos->lnum = lnum; |
| 1336 | 6526 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6527 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6528 for (;;) |
| 6529 { | |
| 6530 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6531 { | |
| 6532 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6533 break; | |
| 6534 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6535 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6536 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6537 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6538 continue; | |
| 828 | 6539 } |
| 6540 | |
| 6971 | 6541 if (s[0] == '"' || (s[0] == 'R' && s[1] == '"')) |
| 2807 | 6542 s = skip_string(s) + 1; |
| 6543 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6544 { |
| 6545 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6546 { | |
| 6547 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6548 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6549 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6550 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6551 } | |
| 6552 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6553 { | |
| 6554 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6555 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6556 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6557 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6803 | 6558 pos->col = 0; |
| 7 | 6559 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6560 } | |
| 6561 else | |
| 6562 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6563 } | |
| 6564 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6565 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6566 { | |
| 6567 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6568 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6571 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6572 else | |
| 6573 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6574 } | |
| 6575 else | |
| 6576 { | |
| 6577 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6578 { | |
| 6579 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6580 } | |
| 6581 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6584 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6585 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6586 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6587 } | |
| 827 | 6588 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6589 { | |
| 6590 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6591 return FALSE; | |
| 6592 } | |
| 7 | 6593 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6594 { | |
| 6595 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6596 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6597 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6598 } | |
| 6803 | 6599 else if (pos->col == 0) |
| 7 | 6600 { |
| 6601 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6602 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6603 | |
| 6604 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6605 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 6803 | 6606 pos->col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 7 | 6607 } |
| 6608 | |
| 828 | 6609 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6610 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6803 | 6611 pos->col = 0; |
| 828 | 6612 |
| 7 | 6613 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6614 } | |
| 6615 } | |
| 6616 | |
| 6803 | 6617 cached->found = cpp_base_class; |
| 6618 if (cpp_base_class) | |
| 6619 pos->lnum = lnum; | |
| 7 | 6620 return cpp_base_class; |
| 6621 } | |
| 6622 | |
| 828 | 6623 static int |
| 5442 | 6624 get_baseclass_amount(col) |
| 828 | 6625 int col; |
| 6626 { | |
| 6627 int amount; | |
| 6628 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6629 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6630 | |
| 6631 if (col == 0) | |
| 6632 { | |
| 6633 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6634 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 5442 | 6635 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 828 | 6636 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ |
| 6637 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 5442 | 6638 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass; |
| 828 | 6639 } |
| 6640 else | |
| 6641 { | |
| 6642 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6643 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6644 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6645 } | |
| 5442 | 6646 if (amount < curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass) |
| 6647 amount = curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 828 | 6648 return amount; |
| 6649 } | |
| 6650 | |
| 7 | 6651 /* |
| 6652 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6653 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6654 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6655 */ | |
| 6656 static int | |
| 6657 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6658 char_u *s; | |
| 6659 char_u *find; | |
| 6660 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6661 { | |
| 6662 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6663 char_u *r; | |
| 6664 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6667 { | |
| 6668 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6669 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6670 { | |
| 6671 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6672 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6673 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6674 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6675 return TRUE; | |
| 6676 } | |
| 6677 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6678 ++p; | |
| 6679 } | |
| 6680 return FALSE; | |
| 6681 } | |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 /* | |
| 4184 | 6684 * Return TRUE when "s" starts with "word" and then a non-ID character. |
| 6685 */ | |
| 6686 static int | |
| 6687 cin_starts_with(s, word) | |
| 6688 char_u *s; | |
| 6689 char *word; | |
| 6690 { | |
| 4207 | 6691 int l = (int)STRLEN(word); |
| 4184 | 6692 |
| 6693 return (STRNCMP(s, word, l) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[l])); | |
| 6694 } | |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 /* | |
| 7 | 6697 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". |
| 6698 * Return the column found. | |
| 6699 */ | |
| 6700 static int | |
| 6701 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6702 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6703 { | |
| 6704 char_u *line; | |
| 6705 char_u *p; | |
| 6706 | |
| 6707 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6708 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6709 { | |
| 6710 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6711 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6712 else | |
| 6713 { | |
| 6714 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6715 ++p; | |
| 6716 } | |
| 6717 } | |
| 6718 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6719 } | |
| 6720 | |
| 6721 /* | |
| 6722 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6723 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6724 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6725 * work. */ | |
| 6726 /* foo() */ | |
| 6727 /* { */ | |
| 6728 /* } */ | |
| 6729 | |
| 6730 static pos_T * | |
| 5442 | 6731 find_start_brace() /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6732 { |
| 6733 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6734 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6735 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6736 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6739 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6740 { | |
| 6741 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6742 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6743 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6744 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6745 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6746 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6971 | 6747 && (pos = ind_find_start_CORS()) == NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6748 break; |
| 6749 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6750 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6751 } | |
| 6752 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6753 return trypos; | |
| 6754 } | |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 /* | |
| 6020 | 6757 * Find the matching '(', ignoring it if it is in a comment. |
| 3454 | 6758 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6759 */ |
| 6760 static pos_T * | |
| 5442 | 6761 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 6762 int ind_maxparen; |
| 6763 { | |
| 6030 | 6764 return find_match_char('(', ind_maxparen); |
| 6765 } | |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 static pos_T * | |
| 6768 find_match_char(c, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 6769 int c; | |
| 6770 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6771 { | |
| 7 | 6772 pos_T cursor_save; |
| 6773 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6774 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 6691 | 6775 int ind_maxp_wk; |
| 7 | 6776 |
| 6777 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6691 | 6778 ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen; |
| 6779 retry: | |
| 6780 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, c, 0, ind_maxp_wk)) != NULL) | |
| 7 | 6781 { |
| 6782 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6783 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6691 | 6784 { |
| 6785 ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen - (int)(cursor_save.lnum - trypos->lnum); | |
| 6786 if (ind_maxp_wk > 0) | |
| 6787 { | |
| 6788 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6789 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* XXX */ | |
| 6790 goto retry; | |
| 6791 } | |
| 7 | 6792 trypos = NULL; |
| 6691 | 6793 } |
| 7 | 6794 else |
| 6795 { | |
| 6691 | 6796 pos_T *trypos_wk; |
| 6797 | |
| 7 | 6798 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ |
| 6799 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6800 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6971 | 6801 if ((trypos_wk = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 6691 | 6802 { |
| 6803 ind_maxp_wk = ind_maxparen - (int)(cursor_save.lnum | |
| 6804 - trypos_wk->lnum); | |
| 6805 if (ind_maxp_wk > 0) | |
| 6806 { | |
| 6807 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos_wk; | |
| 6808 goto retry; | |
| 6809 } | |
| 7 | 6810 trypos = NULL; |
| 6691 | 6811 } |
| 7 | 6812 } |
| 6813 } | |
| 6814 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6815 return trypos; | |
| 6816 } | |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 /* | |
| 6020 | 6819 * Find the matching '(', ignoring it if it is in a comment or before an |
| 6820 * unmatched {. | |
| 6821 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6822 */ | |
| 6823 static pos_T * | |
| 6824 find_match_paren_after_brace(ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 6825 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6826 { | |
| 6827 pos_T *trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen); | |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6830 { | |
| 6831 pos_T *tryposBrace = find_start_brace(); | |
| 6832 | |
| 6833 /* If both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Ignore the '(' | |
| 6834 * position if the '{' is further down. */ | |
| 6835 if (tryposBrace != NULL | |
| 6836 && (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6837 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6838 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)) | |
| 6839 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6840 } | |
| 6841 return trypos; | |
| 6842 } | |
| 6843 | |
| 6844 /* | |
| 7 | 6845 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the |
| 6846 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6847 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6848 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6849 */ | |
| 6850 static int | |
| 5442 | 6851 corr_ind_maxparen(startpos) |
| 7 | 6852 pos_T *startpos; |
| 6853 { | |
| 6854 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6855 | |
| 5442 | 6856 if (n > 0 && n < curbuf->b_ind_maxparen / 2) |
| 6857 return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6858 return curbuf->b_ind_maxparen; | |
| 7 | 6859 } |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 /* | |
| 6862 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6863 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6864 */ |
| 6865 static int | |
| 6866 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6867 char_u *l; | |
| 6868 int start, end; | |
| 6869 { | |
| 6870 int i; | |
| 6871 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6872 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6873 | |
| 6874 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6875 | |
| 3172 | 6876 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6877 { |
| 6878 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6879 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6880 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6881 ++open_count; | |
| 6882 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6883 { | |
| 6884 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6885 --open_count; | |
| 6886 else | |
| 6887 { | |
| 6888 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6889 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6890 } | |
| 6891 } | |
| 6892 } | |
| 6893 return retval; | |
| 6894 } | |
| 6895 | |
| 5438 | 6896 /* |
| 6897 * Parse 'cinoptions' and set the values in "curbuf". | |
| 6898 * Must be called when 'cinoptions', 'shiftwidth' and/or 'tabstop' changes. | |
| 6899 */ | |
| 6900 void | |
| 6901 parse_cino(buf) | |
| 6902 buf_T *buf; | |
| 6903 { | |
| 6904 char_u *p; | |
| 6905 char_u *l; | |
| 6906 char_u *digits; | |
| 6907 int n; | |
| 6908 int divider; | |
| 6909 int fraction = 0; | |
| 6910 int sw = (int)get_sw_value(buf); | |
| 7 | 6911 |
| 6912 /* | |
| 5438 | 6913 * Set the default values. |
| 7 | 6914 */ |
| 5438 | 6915 /* Spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that |
| 6916 * block should be. */ | |
| 6917 buf->b_ind_level = sw; | |
| 6918 | |
| 6919 /* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6920 * line is imagined to be. */ | |
| 6921 buf->b_ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6922 | |
| 6923 /* Spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by | |
| 6924 * an opening brace. */ | |
| 6925 buf->b_ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6926 | |
| 6927 /* Column where the first { of a function should be located }. */ | |
| 6928 buf->b_ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 /* Spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6931 * located. */ | |
| 6932 buf->b_ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 /* Spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6935 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6936 * brace should be located. */ | |
| 6937 buf->b_ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 /* Spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6940 * column is imagined to be. */ | |
| 6941 buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 /* Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, | |
| 6944 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. */ | |
| 6945 buf->b_ind_jump_label = -1; | |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 /* Spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located. */ | |
| 6948 buf->b_ind_case = sw; | |
| 6949 | |
| 6950 /* Spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located. */ | |
| 6951 buf->b_ind_case_code = sw; | |
| 6952 | |
| 6953 /* Lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label. */ | |
| 6954 buf->b_ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 /* Spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6957 * should be located. */ | |
| 6958 buf->b_ind_scopedecl = sw; | |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 /* Spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located. */ | |
| 6961 buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = sw; | |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 /* Amount K&R-style parameters should be indented. */ | |
| 6964 buf->b_ind_param = sw; | |
| 6965 | |
| 6966 /* Amount a function type spec should be indented. */ | |
| 6967 buf->b_ind_func_type = sw; | |
| 6968 | |
| 6969 /* Amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6970 * should be indented. */ | |
| 6971 buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = sw; | |
| 6972 | |
| 6973 /* additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6974 * should be located. */ | |
| 6975 buf->b_ind_continuation = sw; | |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 /* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6978 buf->b_ind_unclosed = sw * 2; | |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 /* Spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6981 * itself is also unclosed. */ | |
| 6982 buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = sw; | |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 /* Suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6985 * unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6986 buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 /* If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6989 * b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6990 * context (for very long lines). */ | |
| 6991 buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 /* Suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6994 * an unclosed parentheses. */ | |
| 6995 buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 /* Indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6998 * opening parentheses. */ | |
| 6999 buf->b_ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 /* Indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. */ | |
| 7002 buf->b_ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 7003 | |
| 7004 /* Extra indent for comments. */ | |
| 7005 buf->b_ind_comment = 0; | |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 /* Spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. */ | |
| 7008 buf->b_ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 /* Boolean: if non-zero, use b_ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 7011 * after the comment opener. */ | |
| 7012 buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 /* Max lines to search for an open paren. */ | |
| 7015 buf->b_ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 7016 | |
| 7017 /* Max lines to search for an open comment. */ | |
| 7018 buf->b_ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 /* Handle braces for java code. */ | |
| 7021 buf->b_ind_java = 0; | |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 /* Not to confuse JS object properties with labels. */ | |
| 7024 buf->b_ind_js = 0; | |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 /* Handle blocked cases correctly. */ | |
| 7027 buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 /* Handle C++ namespace. */ | |
| 7030 buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 /* Handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 7033 * while(). */ | |
| 7034 buf->b_ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 for (p = buf->b_p_cino; *p; ) | |
| 7037 { | |
| 7038 l = p++; | |
| 7039 if (*p == '-') | |
| 7040 ++p; | |
| 7041 digits = p; /* remember where the digits start */ | |
| 7042 n = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7043 divider = 0; | |
| 7044 if (*p == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 7045 { | |
| 7046 fraction = atol((char *)++p); | |
| 7047 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) | |
| 7048 { | |
| 7049 ++p; | |
| 7050 if (divider) | |
| 7051 divider *= 10; | |
| 7052 else | |
| 7053 divider = 10; | |
| 7054 } | |
| 7055 } | |
| 7056 if (*p == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 7057 { | |
| 7058 if (p == digits) | |
| 7059 n = sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 7060 else | |
| 7061 { | |
| 7062 n *= sw; | |
| 7063 if (divider) | |
| 7064 n += (sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 7065 } | |
| 7066 ++p; | |
| 7067 } | |
| 7068 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 7069 n = -n; | |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 7072 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ | |
| 7073 switch (*l) | |
| 7074 { | |
| 7075 case '>': buf->b_ind_level = n; break; | |
| 7076 case 'e': buf->b_ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 7077 case 'n': buf->b_ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 7078 case 'f': buf->b_ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 7079 case '{': buf->b_ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 7080 case '}': buf->b_ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 7081 case '^': buf->b_ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
| 7082 case 'L': buf->b_ind_jump_label = n; break; | |
| 7083 case ':': buf->b_ind_case = n; break; | |
| 7084 case '=': buf->b_ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 7085 case 'b': buf->b_ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 7086 case 'p': buf->b_ind_param = n; break; | |
| 7087 case 't': buf->b_ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 7088 case '/': buf->b_ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 7089 case 'c': buf->b_ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 7090 case 'C': buf->b_ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 7091 case 'i': buf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 7092 case '+': buf->b_ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 7093 case '(': buf->b_ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 7094 case 'u': buf->b_ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 7095 case 'U': buf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 7096 case 'W': buf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 7097 case 'w': buf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 7098 case 'm': buf->b_ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 7099 case 'M': buf->b_ind_paren_prev = n; break; | |
| 7100 case ')': buf->b_ind_maxparen = n; break; | |
| 7101 case '*': buf->b_ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 7102 case 'g': buf->b_ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 7103 case 'h': buf->b_ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 7104 case 'j': buf->b_ind_java = n; break; | |
| 7105 case 'J': buf->b_ind_js = n; break; | |
| 7106 case 'l': buf->b_ind_keep_case_label = n; break; | |
| 7107 case '#': buf->b_ind_hash_comment = n; break; | |
| 7108 case 'N': buf->b_ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; | |
| 7109 case 'k': buf->b_ind_if_for_while = n; break; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 if (*p == ',') | |
| 7112 ++p; | |
| 7113 } | |
| 7114 } | |
| 7115 | |
| 6971 | 7116 /* |
| 7117 * Return the desired indent for C code. | |
| 7118 * Return -1 if the indent should be left alone (inside a raw string). | |
| 7119 */ | |
| 5438 | 7120 int |
| 7121 get_c_indent() | |
| 7122 { | |
| 7 | 7123 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 7124 int amount; | |
| 7125 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 7126 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 7127 colnr_T col; |
| 7128 char_u *theline; | |
| 7129 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 7130 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6971 | 7131 pos_T *comment_pos; |
| 7 | 7132 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; |
| 6971 | 7133 pos_T tryposCopy; |
| 7 | 7134 pos_T our_paren_pos; |
| 7135 char_u *start; | |
| 7136 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 7137 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 7138 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 7139 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 7140 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 7141 char_u *l; | |
| 7142 char_u *look; | |
| 7143 char_u terminated; | |
| 7144 int lookfor; | |
| 7145 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 7146 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 7147 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 7148 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 7149 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 7150 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 7151 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 7152 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 7153 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 7154 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 7155 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6030 | 7156 #define LOOKFOR_JS_KEY 11 |
| 6803 | 7157 #define LOOKFOR_COMMA 12 |
| 7 | 7158 |
| 7159 int whilelevel; | |
| 7160 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7161 int n; | |
| 7162 int iscase; | |
| 7163 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 7164 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 7165 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7166 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 7167 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 6030 | 7168 int js_cur_has_key = 0; |
| 6803 | 7169 cpp_baseclass_cache_T cache_cpp_baseclass = { FALSE, { MAXLNUM, 0 } }; |
| 7 | 7170 |
| 5438 | 7171 /* make a copy, value is changed below */ |
| 7172 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_ind_continuation; | |
| 7 | 7173 |
| 7174 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 7175 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7176 | |
| 6971 | 7177 /* if we are at line 1 zero indent is fine, right? */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7178 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7179 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7180 |
| 7 | 7181 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 7182 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 7183 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 7184 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 7185 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 7186 return 0; | |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 /* | |
| 7189 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 7190 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 7191 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 7192 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 7193 * check for that. | |
| 7194 */ | |
| 7195 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 7196 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 7197 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 7198 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 7199 | |
| 7200 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 7203 | |
| 7204 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7205 | |
| 5442 | 7206 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(); /* XXX */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7207 |
| 7 | 7208 /* |
| 6971 | 7209 * If we are inside a raw string don't change the indent. |
| 7210 * Ignore a raw string inside a comment. | |
| 7211 */ | |
| 7212 comment_pos = ind_find_start_comment(); | |
| 7213 if (comment_pos != NULL) | |
| 7214 { | |
| 7215 /* findmatchlimit() static pos is overwritten, make a copy */ | |
| 7216 tryposCopy = *comment_pos; | |
| 7217 comment_pos = &tryposCopy; | |
| 7218 } | |
| 7219 trypos = find_start_rawstring(curbuf->b_ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7220 if (trypos != NULL && (comment_pos == NULL || lt(*trypos, *comment_pos))) | |
| 7221 { | |
| 7222 amount = -1; | |
| 7223 goto laterend; | |
| 7224 } | |
| 7225 | |
| 7226 /* | |
| 7 | 7227 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. |
| 7228 */ | |
| 7229 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6971 | 7230 { |
| 5438 | 7231 amount = curbuf->b_ind_hash_comment; |
| 6971 | 7232 goto theend; |
| 7233 } | |
| 7 | 7234 |
| 7235 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7236 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7237 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
7238 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 7239 */ |
| 6971 | 7240 if (original_line_islabel && !curbuf->b_ind_js |
| 5438 | 7241 && curbuf->b_ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 7242 { |
| 7243 amount = 0; | |
| 6971 | 7244 goto theend; |
| 7 | 7245 } |
| 7246 | |
| 7247 /* | |
| 7248 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 7249 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 7250 */ | |
| 6971 | 7251 if (cin_islinecomment(theline) |
| 7 | 7252 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7253 { | |
| 7254 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 7255 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7256 amount = col; | |
| 6971 | 7257 goto theend; |
| 7 | 7258 } |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 /* | |
| 7261 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 7262 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 7263 */ | |
| 6971 | 7264 if (!cin_iscomment(theline) && comment_pos != NULL) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 7265 { |
| 7266 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 7267 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 7268 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 7269 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 7270 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 7271 char_u *p; | |
| 7272 int start_align = 0; | |
| 7273 int start_off = 0; | |
| 7274 int done = FALSE; | |
| 7275 | |
| 7276 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6971 | 7277 getvcol(curwin, comment_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 7278 amount = col; |
| 2764 | 7279 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 7280 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 7281 |
| 7282 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 7283 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7284 { | |
| 7285 int align = 0; | |
| 7286 int off = 0; | |
| 7287 int what = 0; | |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 7290 { | |
| 7291 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7292 what = *p++; | |
| 7293 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 7294 align = *p++; | |
| 7295 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 7296 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 7297 else | |
| 7298 ++p; | |
| 7299 } | |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 if (*p == ':') | |
| 7302 ++p; | |
| 7303 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 7304 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 7305 { | |
| 7306 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 7307 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 7308 start_off = off; | |
| 7309 start_align = align; | |
| 7310 } | |
| 7311 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 7312 { | |
| 7313 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 7314 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 7315 } | |
| 7316 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 7317 { | |
| 7318 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 7319 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 7320 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 7321 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 7322 { | |
| 7323 done = TRUE; | |
| 7324 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7325 { | |
| 7326 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 7327 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 7328 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 7329 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 7330 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 7331 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 7332 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7333 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 7334 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 7335 { | |
| 7336 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7337 break; | |
| 7338 } | |
| 7339 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 7340 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 6971 | 7341 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(comment_pos->lnum) + comment_pos->col, |
| 7 | 7342 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) |
| 7343 continue; | |
| 7344 } | |
| 7345 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 7346 amount += start_off; | |
| 7347 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7348 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7349 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7350 break; |
| 7351 } | |
| 7352 | |
| 7353 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 7354 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 7355 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 7356 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 7357 { | |
| 7358 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7359 /* XXX */ | |
| 7360 if (off != 0) | |
| 7361 amount += off; | |
| 7362 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 7363 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 7364 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 7365 done = TRUE; |
| 7366 break; | |
| 7367 } | |
| 7368 } | |
| 7369 } | |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 7372 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 7373 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 7374 */ | |
| 7375 if (done) | |
| 7376 ; | |
| 7377 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 7378 amount += 1; | |
| 7379 else | |
| 7380 { | |
| 7381 /* | |
| 7382 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 7383 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 7384 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 7385 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 7386 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 7387 */ | |
| 7388 amount = -1; | |
| 6971 | 7389 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > comment_pos->lnum; --lnum) |
| 7 | 7390 { |
| 7391 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 7392 continue; | |
| 7393 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7394 break; | |
| 7395 } | |
| 7396 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 7397 { | |
| 5438 | 7398 if (!curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2) |
| 7 | 7399 { |
| 6971 | 7400 start = ml_get(comment_pos->lnum); |
| 7401 look = start + comment_pos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 7 | 7402 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ |
| 6971 | 7403 comment_pos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); |
| 7 | 7404 } |
| 6971 | 7405 getvcol(curwin, comment_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 7406 amount = col; |
| 5438 | 7407 if (curbuf->b_ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) |
| 7408 amount += curbuf->b_ind_in_comment; | |
| 7 | 7409 } |
| 7410 } | |
| 6971 | 7411 goto theend; |
| 7 | 7412 } |
| 7413 | |
| 7414 /* | |
| 6030 | 7415 * Are we looking at a ']' that has a match? |
| 7416 */ | |
| 6971 | 7417 if (*skipwhite(theline) == ']' |
| 6030 | 7418 && (trypos = find_match_char('[', curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 7419 { | |
| 7420 /* align with the line containing the '['. */ | |
| 7421 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6971 | 7422 goto theend; |
| 6030 | 7423 } |
| 7424 | |
| 7425 /* | |
| 7 | 7426 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? |
| 7427 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 6971 | 7428 if (((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL |
| 5438 | 7429 && curbuf->b_ind_java == 0) |
| 5442 | 7430 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace()) != NULL |
| 7 | 7431 || trypos != NULL) |
| 7432 { | |
| 7433 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 7434 { | |
| 7435 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 7436 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 7437 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7438 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 7439 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 7440 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7441 else | |
| 7442 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 7443 } | |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7446 { | |
| 7447 /* | |
| 7448 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 7449 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 7450 */ | |
| 5438 | 7451 if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_paren_prev) |
| 829 | 7452 { |
| 7453 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7454 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 7455 } | |
| 7456 else | |
| 7457 { | |
| 7458 amount = -1; | |
| 7459 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 7460 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 7461 { |
| 829 | 7462 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 7463 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 7464 continue; | |
| 7465 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 7466 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 7467 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7468 | |
| 6971 | 7469 /* Skip a comment or raw string. XXX */ |
| 7470 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) | |
| 829 | 7471 { |
| 7472 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7473 continue; | |
| 7474 } | |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 /* XXX */ | |
| 7477 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 5442 | 7478 corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos))) != NULL |
| 829 | 7479 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 7480 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7481 { | |
| 7482 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7483 | |
| 7484 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7485 { | |
| 7486 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7487 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7488 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7489 amount = -1; | |
| 7490 } | |
| 7491 break; | |
| 7492 } | |
| 7 | 7493 } |
| 7494 } | |
| 7495 | |
| 7496 /* | |
| 7497 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7498 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7499 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7500 */ | |
| 7501 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7502 { | |
| 829 | 7503 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7504 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7505 | |
| 5438 | 7506 if (curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while) |
| 3454 | 7507 { |
| 7508 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7509 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7510 | |
| 7511 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7512 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7513 char_u *line; | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7516 do { | |
| 7517 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7518 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7519 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7520 | |
| 5442 | 7521 trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 3454 | 7522 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); |
| 7523 | |
| 7524 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7527 | |
| 7528 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7529 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7530 } |
| 829 | 7531 |
| 5442 | 7532 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look); |
| 829 | 7533 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7534 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7535 { | |
| 7536 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7537 char_u *line; | |
| 7538 int look_col; | |
| 7539 | |
| 7540 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7541 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7542 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7543 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7544 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7545 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 5438 | 7546 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, |
| 7547 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) | |
| 829 | 7548 != NULL |
| 7549 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7550 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7551 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7554 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7555 } | |
| 5438 | 7556 if (theline[0] == ')' || (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0 |
| 7557 && is_if_for_while == 0) | |
| 7558 || (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' | |
| 829 | 7559 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7560 { |
| 7561 /* | |
| 7562 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7563 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 5438 | 7564 * When b_ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is |
| 7 | 7565 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the |
| 7566 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 5438 | 7567 * outer paren and add b_ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long |
| 7 | 7568 * lines). |
| 7569 */ | |
| 7570 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7571 { | |
| 7572 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7573 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 5438 | 7574 if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped |
| 7 | 7575 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7578 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7579 n = 1; | |
| 7580 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7581 { | |
| 7582 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7583 { | |
| 7584 case '(': | |
| 7585 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7586 break; | |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 case ')': | |
| 7589 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7590 --n; | |
| 7591 break; | |
| 7592 } | |
| 7593 } | |
| 7594 | |
| 7595 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 5438 | 7596 amount += n * curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_wrapped; |
| 7 | 7597 } |
| 5438 | 7598 else if (curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_whiteok) |
| 7 | 7599 our_paren_pos.col++; |
| 7600 else | |
| 7601 { | |
| 7602 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7603 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7604 col++; | |
| 7605 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7606 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7607 else | |
| 7608 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7609 } | |
| 7610 } | |
| 7611 | |
| 7612 /* | |
| 7613 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7614 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7615 */ | |
| 7616 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7617 { | |
| 7618 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7619 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7620 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7621 } | |
| 7622 } | |
| 7623 | |
| 5438 | 7624 if (theline[0] == ')' && curbuf->b_ind_matching_paren) |
| 7 | 7625 { |
| 7626 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7627 } | |
| 5438 | 7628 else if ((curbuf->b_ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7629 || (!curbuf->b_ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7630 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7631 { |
| 7632 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7633 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7634 } | |
| 7635 else | |
| 7636 { | |
| 5438 | 7637 /* Add b_ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, |
| 7638 * but ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7639 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7640 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7641 { |
| 7642 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7643 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7644 { | |
| 5438 | 7645 case '(': amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7646 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 7647 break; | |
| 5438 | 7648 case ')': amount -= curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7649 col = MAXCOL; |
| 7650 break; | |
| 7651 } | |
| 7652 } | |
| 7653 | |
| 5438 | 7654 /* Use b_ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside |
| 7 | 7655 * braces */ |
| 7656 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 5438 | 7657 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed; |
| 7 | 7658 else |
| 7659 { | |
| 7660 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7661 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6020 | 7662 if (find_match_paren_after_brace(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen) |
| 7663 != NULL) | |
| 5438 | 7664 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed2; |
| 7 | 7665 else |
| 3454 | 7666 { |
| 7667 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 5438 | 7668 amount += curbuf->b_ind_if_for_while; |
| 3454 | 7669 else |
| 5438 | 7670 amount += curbuf->b_ind_unclosed; |
| 3454 | 7671 } |
| 7 | 7672 } |
| 7673 /* | |
| 7674 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7675 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7676 * lines: | |
| 7677 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7678 * arg && yy | |
| 7679 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7680 */ | |
| 7681 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7682 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7683 } | |
| 7684 } | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7687 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 5438 | 7688 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; |
| 7 | 7689 } |
| 7690 else | |
| 7691 { | |
| 6030 | 7692 /* |
| 7693 * We are inside braces, there is a { before this line at the position | |
| 7694 * stored in tryposBrace. | |
| 6114 | 7695 * Make a copy of tryposBrace, it may point to pos_copy inside |
| 7696 * find_start_brace(), which may be changed somewhere. | |
| 6030 | 7697 */ |
| 6971 | 7698 tryposCopy = *tryposBrace; |
| 7699 tryposBrace = &tryposCopy; | |
| 7 | 7700 trypos = tryposBrace; |
| 7701 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7702 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 /* | |
| 7705 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7706 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7707 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7708 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7709 */ | |
| 7710 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7711 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7712 { | |
| 7713 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7714 amount = col; | |
| 7715 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7716 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7717 else | |
| 7718 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7719 } | |
| 7720 else | |
| 7721 { | |
| 6030 | 7722 /* That opening brace might have been on a continuation |
| 7723 * line. if so, find the start of the line. */ | |
| 7 | 7724 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; |
| 7725 | |
| 6030 | 7726 /* Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that |
| 7727 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. */ | |
| 7 | 7728 lnum = ourscope; |
| 7729 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 5442 | 7730 && (trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) |
| 7731 != NULL) | |
| 7 | 7732 lnum = trypos->lnum; |
| 7733 | |
| 6030 | 7734 /* It could have been something like |
| 7 | 7735 * case 1: if (asdf && |
| 7736 * ldfd) { | |
| 7737 * } | |
| 7738 */ | |
| 6016 | 7739 if ((curbuf->b_ind_js || curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label) |
| 7740 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)) | |
| 7 | 7741 amount = get_indent(); |
| 6016 | 7742 else if (curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 7743 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
| 7 | 7744 else |
| 5442 | 7745 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l); |
| 7 | 7746 |
| 7747 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7748 } | |
| 7749 | |
| 6030 | 7750 /* For Javascript check if the line starts with "key:". */ |
| 7751 if (curbuf->b_ind_js) | |
| 7752 js_cur_has_key = cin_has_js_key(theline); | |
| 7753 | |
| 7 | 7754 /* |
| 6030 | 7755 * If we're looking at a closing brace, that's where |
| 7 | 7756 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room |
| 7757 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7758 */ | |
| 7759 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7760 { | |
| 7761 /* | |
| 7762 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7763 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7764 */ | |
| 5438 | 7765 amount += curbuf->b_ind_close_extra; |
| 7 | 7766 } |
| 7767 else | |
| 7768 { | |
| 7769 /* | |
| 7770 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7771 * to match it with. | |
| 7772 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7773 * to match it with. | |
| 7774 */ | |
| 7775 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7776 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7777 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 5442 | 7778 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 7779 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; |
| 7780 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7781 { | |
| 7782 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 5442 | 7783 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope) == OK) |
| 7 | 7784 { |
| 7785 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7786 goto theend; | |
| 7787 } | |
| 7788 } | |
| 7789 | |
| 7790 /* | |
| 7791 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7792 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7793 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7794 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7795 */ | |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 /* | |
| 7798 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7799 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 5438 | 7800 * location for b_ind_open_extra. |
| 7 | 7801 */ |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7804 { | |
| 5438 | 7805 amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_left_imag; |
| 2857 | 7806 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7807 } | |
| 7808 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7809 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7810 { | |
| 7811 | |
| 7812 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7813 } |
| 7814 else | |
| 7815 { | |
| 7816 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7817 { |
| 5438 | 7818 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7819 |
| 7820 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7821 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 5438 | 7822 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace; |
| 2857 | 7823 } |
| 7 | 7824 else |
| 7825 { | |
| 5438 | 7826 /* Compensate for adding b_ind_open_extra later. */ |
| 7827 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; | |
| 7 | 7828 if (amount < 0) |
| 7829 amount = 0; | |
| 7830 } | |
| 7831 } | |
| 7832 | |
| 7833 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7834 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7835 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7836 { |
| 7837 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 5438 | 7838 amount += curbuf->b_ind_case; |
| 7 | 7839 } |
| 7840 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7841 { | |
| 7842 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 5438 | 7843 amount += curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl; |
| 7 | 7844 } |
| 7845 else | |
| 7846 { | |
| 5438 | 7847 if (curbuf->b_ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) |
| 7848 /* break; ... */ | |
| 7 | 7849 lookfor_break = TRUE; |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 5438 | 7852 /* b_ind_level from start of block */ |
| 7853 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level; | |
| 7 | 7854 } |
| 7855 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7856 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7857 | |
| 7858 /* | |
| 7859 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7860 * with that. | |
| 7861 * | |
| 6030 | 7862 * If we're looking at an open brace, indent |
| 7 | 7863 * the usual amount relative to the conditional |
| 7864 * that opens the block. | |
| 7865 */ | |
| 7866 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7867 for (;;) | |
| 7868 { | |
| 7869 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7870 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7871 | |
| 7872 /* | |
| 7873 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7874 * up with it. | |
| 7875 */ | |
| 7876 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7877 { | |
| 7878 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7879 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7880 * go further back: | |
| 7881 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7882 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7883 * declaration: | |
| 7884 * int x, | |
| 7885 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7886 */ | |
| 7887 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7888 { | |
| 7889 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7890 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 5438 | 7891 < ourscope - curbuf->b_ind_maxparen) |
| 7 | 7892 { |
| 5438 | 7893 /* nothing found (abuse curbuf->b_ind_maxparen as |
| 7894 * limit) assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7 | 7895 * initialization) */ |
| 7896 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7897 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 5438 | 7898 else if (!curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 7 | 7899 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7900 break; | |
| 7901 } | |
| 7902 | |
| 7903 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 /* | |
| 6971 | 7906 * If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to |
| 7907 * the start of it. | |
| 7 | 7908 */ |
| 6971 | 7909 trypos = ind_find_start_CORS(); |
| 7 | 7910 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 7911 { | |
| 7912 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7913 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7914 continue; |
| 7915 } | |
| 7916 | |
| 7917 /* | |
| 7918 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7919 */ | |
| 7920 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7921 continue; | |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7924 continue; | |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7927 | |
| 7928 /* | |
| 7929 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7930 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7931 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7932 */ | |
| 7933 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 5442 | 7934 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0)) |
| 7 | 7935 { |
| 7936 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7937 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7938 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7939 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7940 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7941 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7942 */ | |
| 7943 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7944 break; | |
| 7945 | |
| 7946 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7947 * we are done. | |
| 7948 */ | |
| 7949 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7950 break; | |
| 7951 | |
| 7952 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7953 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7954 continue; | |
| 7955 } | |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7958 { | |
| 7959 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7960 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7961 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7962 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7963 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7964 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 5438 | 7965 trypos = find_match_paren( |
| 5442 | 7966 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); |
| 7 | 7967 |
| 7968 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 5442 | 7969 trypos = find_start_brace(); |
| 7 | 7970 |
| 7971 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7972 { | |
| 7973 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7974 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7975 continue; |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 } | |
| 7978 | |
| 7979 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7980 * like in | |
| 7981 * int a, | |
| 7982 * b; | |
| 7983 */ | |
| 7984 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7985 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7986 else | |
| 7987 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7988 } | |
| 7989 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7990 { | |
| 7991 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7992 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7993 else | |
| 7994 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7995 } | |
| 3123 | 7996 else |
| 2857 | 7997 { |
| 3123 | 7998 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 6691 | 7999 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS |
| 8000 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_COMMA) | |
| 2857 | 8001 { |
| 3123 | 8002 amount = scope_amount; |
| 8003 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8004 { | |
| 5438 | 8005 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 8006 added_to_amount = curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; | |
| 3123 | 8007 } |
| 2857 | 8008 } |
| 8009 | |
| 3123 | 8010 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 8011 { |
| 3123 | 8012 /* |
| 8013 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 8014 * back. | |
| 8015 */ | |
| 8016 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 8017 continue; | |
| 8018 | |
| 8019 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 8020 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 8021 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 8022 break; | |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8025 | |
| 6971 | 8026 /* If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip |
| 8027 * to the start of it. */ | |
| 8028 trypos = ind_find_start_CORS(); | |
| 3123 | 8029 if (trypos != NULL) |
| 8030 { | |
| 8031 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 8032 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8033 continue; | |
| 8034 } | |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 8037 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8038 continue; | |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 8041 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 8042 { | |
| 5438 | 8043 amount += curbuf->b_ind_cpp_namespace |
| 8044 - added_to_amount; | |
| 3123 | 8045 break; |
| 8046 } | |
| 8047 | |
| 8048 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8049 continue; | |
| 2857 | 8050 } |
| 7 | 8051 } |
| 8052 break; | |
| 8053 } | |
| 8054 | |
| 8055 /* | |
| 6971 | 8056 * If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start |
| 8057 * of it. | |
| 7 | 8058 */ /* XXX */ |
| 6971 | 8059 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) |
| 7 | 8060 { |
| 8061 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8062 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8063 continue; |
| 8064 } | |
| 8065 | |
| 8066 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 /* | |
| 8069 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 8070 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 8071 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8072 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8073 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 8074 { | |
| 8075 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 8076 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 8077 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 8078 break; | |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 8081 * labels. */ | |
| 8082 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8083 continue; | |
| 8084 | |
| 8085 /* | |
| 8086 * case xx: | |
| 8087 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 8088 *-> here; | |
| 8089 */ | |
| 8090 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8091 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8092 { | |
| 8093 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8094 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8095 else | |
| 8096 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8097 break; | |
| 8098 } | |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 /* | |
| 8101 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 8102 * x = 333; | |
| 8103 * case yy: | |
| 8104 */ | |
| 8105 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 8106 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 8107 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 8108 { | |
| 8109 /* | |
| 8110 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 8111 * switch() | |
| 8112 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 8113 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 5438 | 8114 || trypos->lnum == ourscope) |
| 7 | 8115 { |
| 8116 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8117 break; | |
| 8118 } | |
| 8119 continue; | |
| 8120 } | |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 8123 | |
| 8124 /* | |
| 8125 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 8126 * y = y + 1; | |
| 8127 * -> s = 99; | |
| 8128 * | |
| 8129 * case xx: | |
| 8130 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 8131 * y = y + 1; | |
| 8132 * -> s = 99; | |
| 8133 */ | |
| 8134 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8135 { | |
| 8136 if (n) | |
| 8137 amount = n; | |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 8140 break; | |
| 8141 } | |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 /* | |
| 8144 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 8145 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 8146 * | |
| 8147 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 8148 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 8149 */ | |
| 8150 if (n) | |
| 8151 { | |
| 8152 amount = n; | |
| 8153 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8154 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 8155 { |
| 8156 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8157 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 829 | 8158 else |
| 5438 | 8159 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level |
| 8160 + curbuf->b_ind_no_brace; | |
| 829 | 8161 } |
| 7 | 8162 break; |
| 8163 } | |
| 8164 | |
| 8165 /* | |
| 8166 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 8167 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 8168 * switch label. | |
| 8169 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 8170 * case xx: | |
| 8171 * -> y = 1; | |
| 8172 */ | |
| 8173 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 5438 | 8174 ? curbuf->b_ind_case_code |
| 8175 : curbuf->b_ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 8176 lookfor = curbuf->b_ind_case_break | |
| 8177 ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7 | 8178 continue; |
| 8179 } | |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 /* | |
| 8182 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 8183 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 8184 */ | |
| 8185 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 8186 { | |
| 5442 | 8187 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 8188 && (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8189 { |
| 7 | 8190 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 8191 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 8192 } | |
| 7 | 8193 continue; |
| 8194 } | |
| 8195 | |
| 8196 /* | |
| 8197 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 8198 */ | |
| 5442 | 8199 if (!curbuf->b_ind_js && cin_islabel()) |
| 7 | 8200 { |
| 8201 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8202 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8203 continue; | |
| 8204 } | |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 /* | |
| 8207 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 8208 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 8209 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 8210 * unlocked it) | |
| 8211 */ | |
| 8212 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8213 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 8214 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8215 continue; | |
| 8216 | |
| 8217 /* | |
| 8218 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 8219 * constructor initialization? | |
| 8220 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 8221 n = FALSE; |
| 5438 | 8222 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) |
| 827 | 8223 { |
| 6803 | 8224 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&cache_cpp_baseclass); |
| 827 | 8225 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8226 } | |
| 8227 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8228 { |
| 8229 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8230 { | |
| 8231 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8232 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8233 else | |
| 8234 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8235 } | |
| 828 | 8236 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 8237 { |
| 828 | 8238 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 8239 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8240 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 8241 continue; | |
| 7 | 8242 } |
| 8243 else | |
| 828 | 8244 /* XXX */ |
| 6803 | 8245 amount = get_baseclass_amount( |
| 8246 cache_cpp_baseclass.lpos.col); | |
| 7 | 8247 break; |
| 8248 } | |
| 8249 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 8250 { | |
| 8251 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 8252 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 8253 */ | |
| 7 | 8254 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 8255 break; | |
| 8256 else | |
| 8257 continue; | |
| 8258 } | |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 /* | |
| 8261 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 8262 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 8263 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 8264 * 123, |
| 8265 * sizeof | |
| 8266 * here | |
| 8267 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 8268 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 8269 * (indented). | |
| 8270 */ | |
| 8271 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 8272 | |
| 6030 | 8273 if (js_cur_has_key) |
| 8274 { | |
| 8275 js_cur_has_key = 0; /* only check the first line */ | |
| 8276 if (curbuf->b_ind_js && terminated == ',') | |
| 8277 { | |
| 8278 /* For Javascript we might be inside an object: | |
| 8279 * key: something, <- align with this | |
| 8280 * key: something | |
| 8281 * or: | |
| 8282 * key: something + <- align with this | |
| 8283 * something, | |
| 8284 * key: something | |
| 8285 */ | |
| 8286 lookfor = LOOKFOR_JS_KEY; | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 } | |
| 8289 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_JS_KEY && cin_has_js_key(l)) | |
| 8290 { | |
| 8291 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8292 break; | |
| 8293 } | |
| 6691 | 8294 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_COMMA) |
| 6030 | 8295 { |
| 6691 | 8296 if (tryposBrace != NULL && tryposBrace->lnum |
| 8297 >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 8298 break; | |
| 8299 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 6030 | 8300 /* line below current line is the one that starts a |
| 8301 * (possibly broken) line ending in a comma. */ | |
| 8302 break; | |
| 6691 | 8303 else |
| 8304 { | |
| 8305 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8306 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1 == ourscope) | |
| 8307 /* line above is start of the scope, thus current | |
| 8308 * line is the one that stars a (possibly broken) | |
| 8309 * line ending in a comma. */ | |
| 8310 break; | |
| 8311 } | |
| 6030 | 8312 } |
| 8313 | |
| 7 | 8314 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM |
| 8315 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 8316 { | |
| 6691 | 8317 if (*skipwhite(l) == '[' || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '[') |
| 8318 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7 | 8319 /* |
| 8320 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 8321 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 8322 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 8323 * if ( foo && | |
| 8324 * bar ) | |
| 8325 */ | |
| 8326 /* | |
| 6030 | 8327 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that |
| 7 | 8328 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. |
| 6030 | 8329 * Ignore a match before the start of the block. |
| 7 | 8330 */ |
| 8331 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 5442 | 8332 trypos = find_match_paren(corr_ind_maxparen(&cur_curpos)); |
| 6030 | 8333 if (trypos != NULL && (trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum |
| 8334 || (trypos->lnum == tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 8335 && trypos->col < tryposBrace->col))) | |
| 8336 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7 | 8337 |
| 8338 /* | |
| 8339 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 8340 * braces. | |
| 8341 */ | |
| 828 | 8342 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 8343 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 5442 | 8344 trypos = find_start_brace(); |
| 7 | 8345 |
| 8346 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 8347 { | |
| 8348 /* | |
| 8349 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8350 * handled above. | |
| 8351 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8352 * asdf) | |
| 8353 */ | |
| 1550 | 8354 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8355 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8356 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8357 { |
| 8358 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8359 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8360 continue; |
| 8361 } | |
| 8362 } | |
| 8363 | |
| 8364 /* | |
| 8365 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 8366 * indent from | |
| 8367 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 8368 * bla", | |
| 8369 * here; | |
| 8370 */ | |
| 8371 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8372 { | |
| 8373 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8374 { | |
| 8375 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8376 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8377 break; | |
| 8378 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8379 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8380 } |
| 8381 } | |
| 8382 | |
| 8383 /* | |
| 8384 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8385 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 8386 */ | |
| 6030 | 8387 if (curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 8388 cur_amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8389 else | |
| 5442 | 8390 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l); |
| 7 | 8391 /* |
| 8392 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 8393 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 8394 * while (not) | |
| 8395 * -> { | |
| 8396 * } | |
| 8397 */ | |
| 8398 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8399 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8400 { | |
| 8401 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8402 /* | |
| 5438 | 8403 * Only add b_ind_open_extra when the current line |
| 7 | 8404 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match |
| 8405 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 8406 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 8407 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 8408 */ | |
| 8409 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 5438 | 8410 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 8411 | |
| 6030 | 8412 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass && !curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 7 | 8413 { |
| 8414 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 8415 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 8416 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8417 continue; | |
| 8418 } | |
| 8419 break; | |
| 8420 } | |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 /* | |
| 8423 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 8424 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 8425 */ | |
| 8426 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 8427 { | |
| 8428 /* | |
| 8429 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 8430 * with the last one. | |
| 8431 * if (cond) | |
| 8432 * 100 + | |
| 8433 * -> here; | |
| 8434 */ | |
| 8435 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8436 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8437 { | |
| 8438 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8439 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8440 else | |
| 8441 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8442 break; | |
| 8443 } | |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 /* | |
| 8446 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 8447 * are finished. | |
| 8448 * while (not) | |
| 8449 * -> here; | |
| 8450 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 8451 * before this is terminated. | |
| 8452 * yyy; | |
| 8453 * if (stat) | |
| 8454 * while (not) | |
| 8455 * xxx; | |
| 8456 * -> here; | |
| 8457 */ | |
| 8458 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8459 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8460 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8461 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) |
| 8462 { | |
| 5438 | 8463 amount += curbuf->b_ind_level |
| 8464 + curbuf->b_ind_no_brace; | |
| 7 | 8465 break; |
| 8466 } | |
| 8467 | |
| 8468 /* | |
| 8469 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 8470 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 8471 * do | |
| 8472 * x = 1; | |
| 8473 * -> here | |
| 8474 */ | |
| 8475 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8476 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8477 { | |
| 8478 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8479 break; | |
| 8480 --whilelevel; | |
| 8481 } | |
| 8482 | |
| 8483 /* | |
| 8484 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 8485 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 8486 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8487 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8488 */ | |
| 2855 | 8489 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 8490 { | |
| 8491 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 8492 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 8493 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 8494 if (*l == '}') | |
| 8495 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 8496 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 8497 |
| 5442 | 8498 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 8499 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum) | |
| 8500 == FAIL) | |
| 2855 | 8501 break; |
| 8502 } | |
| 7 | 8503 } |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 /* | |
| 8506 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 8507 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 8508 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 8509 * the line before this one. |
| 8510 */ | |
| 8511 else | |
| 8512 { | |
| 8513 /* | |
| 8514 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 8515 * the last one. | |
| 8516 * c = 99 + | |
| 8517 * 100 + | |
| 8518 * -> here; | |
| 8519 */ | |
| 8520 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 8521 { | |
| 8522 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 8523 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8524 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8525 break; | |
| 8526 } | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8529 { | |
| 8530 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 8531 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 8532 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 8533 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 8534 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 8535 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 8536 { | |
| 5438 | 8537 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) |
| 7 | 8538 break; |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8541 continue; | |
| 8542 } | |
| 8543 | |
| 8544 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8545 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8546 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8547 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8548 } | |
| 8549 else | |
| 8550 { | |
| 8551 /* | |
| 8552 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8553 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8554 * 100 + | |
| 8555 * -> here; | |
| 8556 */ | |
| 6691 | 8557 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 8558 amount = cur_amount; |
| 6691 | 8559 if (*skipwhite(l) == ']' || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == ']') |
| 8560 break; | |
| 7 | 8561 |
| 8562 /* | |
| 8563 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8564 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8565 * struct xxx = | |
| 8566 * { | |
| 8567 * sizeof a, | |
| 8568 * 124 }; | |
| 8569 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8570 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8571 * yet. | |
| 8572 */ | |
| 8573 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8574 { | |
| 6030 | 8575 if (curbuf->b_ind_js) |
| 8576 { | |
| 8577 /* Search for a line ending in a comma | |
| 8578 * and line up with the line below it | |
| 8579 * (could be the current line). | |
| 8580 * some = [ | |
| 8581 * 1, <- line up here | |
| 8582 * 2, | |
| 8583 * some = [ | |
| 8584 * 3 + <- line up here | |
| 8585 * 4 * | |
| 8586 * 5, | |
| 8587 * 6, | |
| 8588 */ | |
| 6691 | 8589 if (cin_iscomment(skipwhite(l))) |
| 8590 break; | |
| 8591 lookfor = LOOKFOR_COMMA; | |
| 6030 | 8592 trypos = find_match_char('[', |
| 8593 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen); | |
| 8594 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 8595 { | |
| 8596 if (trypos->lnum | |
| 8597 == curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1) | |
| 8598 { | |
| 8599 /* Current line is first inside | |
| 8600 * [], line up with it. */ | |
| 8601 break; | |
| 8602 } | |
| 8603 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 8604 } | |
| 8605 } | |
| 8606 else | |
| 8607 { | |
| 8608 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8609 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8610 } | |
| 7 | 8611 } |
| 8612 else | |
| 8613 { | |
| 8614 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8615 && *l != NUL | |
| 8616 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8617 /* XXX */ | |
| 8618 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8619 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 6030 | 8620 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 6691 | 8621 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_JS_KEY |
| 8622 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_COMMA) | |
| 7 | 8623 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; |
| 8624 } | |
| 8625 } | |
| 8626 } | |
| 8627 } | |
| 8628 | |
| 8629 /* | |
| 8630 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8631 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8632 */ | |
| 6030 | 8633 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated)) /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 8634 { |
| 8635 /* | |
| 8636 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8637 * with the last one. | |
| 8638 * while (cond); | |
| 8639 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8640 * -> here; | |
| 8641 */ | |
| 8642 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8643 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8644 { | |
| 8645 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8646 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8647 else | |
| 8648 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8649 break; | |
| 8650 } | |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8653 { | |
| 8654 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8655 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8656 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8657 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8658 } |
| 8659 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8660 } | |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 /* | |
| 8663 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8664 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8665 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8666 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8667 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8668 */ | |
| 8669 else | |
| 8670 { | |
| 8671 /* | |
| 8672 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8673 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8674 */ | |
| 8675 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8676 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8677 { | |
| 8678 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8679 continue; | |
| 8680 } | |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 /* | |
| 8683 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8684 */ | |
| 8685 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8686 { | |
| 8687 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8688 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8689 { | |
| 8690 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8691 --whilelevel; | |
| 8692 continue; | |
| 8693 } | |
| 8694 } | |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 /* | |
| 8697 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8698 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8699 * x = 1; | |
| 8700 * y = foo + | |
| 8701 * -> here; | |
| 8702 * or | |
| 8703 * int x = 1; | |
| 8704 * int foo, | |
| 8705 * -> here; | |
| 8706 */ | |
| 8707 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8708 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8709 { | |
| 8710 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8711 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8712 else | |
| 8713 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8714 break; | |
| 8715 } | |
| 8716 | |
| 8717 /* | |
| 8718 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8719 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8720 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8721 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8722 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8723 * here; | |
| 8724 * ->foo; | |
| 8725 */ | |
| 8726 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8727 { | |
| 8728 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8729 break; | |
| 8730 } | |
| 8731 | |
| 8732 /* | |
| 8733 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8734 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8735 * a terminated line. | |
| 8736 */ | |
| 8737 else | |
| 8738 { | |
| 8739 /* | |
| 8740 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8741 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8742 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8743 * func(asdr, | |
| 8744 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8745 * here; | |
| 8746 */ | |
| 8747 term_again: | |
| 8748 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8749 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 5438 | 8750 && (trypos = find_match_paren( |
| 5442 | 8751 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) |
| 7 | 8752 { |
| 8753 /* | |
| 8754 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8755 * handled above. | |
| 8756 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8757 * asdf) | |
| 8758 */ | |
| 1550 | 8759 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8760 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8761 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8762 { |
| 8763 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8764 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8765 continue; |
| 8766 } | |
| 8767 } | |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8770 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8771 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8772 * stat; | |
| 8773 * } | |
| 8774 * case 2: | |
| 8775 * stat; | |
| 8776 * } | |
| 8777 */ | |
| 5438 | 8778 iscase = (curbuf->b_ind_keep_case_label |
| 8779 && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); | |
| 7 | 8780 |
| 8781 /* | |
| 8782 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8783 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8784 */ | |
| 5442 | 8785 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, &l); |
| 7 | 8786 |
| 8787 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8788 amount += curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 8789 /* See remark above: "Only add b_ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8790 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8791 if (*l == '{') | |
| 5438 | 8792 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_open_extra; |
| 7 | 8793 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; |
| 8794 | |
| 8795 /* | |
| 827 | 8796 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8797 * the matching "if": | |
| 8798 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8799 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8800 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8801 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8802 */ | |
| 8803 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8804 && *l != '}' | |
| 8805 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8806 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8807 { | |
| 5442 | 8808 if ((trypos = find_start_brace()) == NULL |
| 8809 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum) | |
| 8810 == FAIL) | |
| 827 | 8811 break; |
| 8812 continue; | |
| 8813 } | |
| 8814 | |
| 8815 /* | |
| 7 | 8816 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8817 * that block. | |
| 8818 */ | |
| 3172 | 8819 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 5442 | 8820 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') /* XXX */ |
| 8821 && (trypos = find_start_brace()) != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8822 { |
| 1550 | 8823 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8824 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8825 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8826 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8827 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8828 goto term_again; | |
| 8829 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8830 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8831 } |
| 8832 } | |
| 8833 } | |
| 8834 } | |
| 8835 } | |
| 8836 } | |
| 8837 | |
| 8838 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8839 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 5438 | 8840 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8841 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8842 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
| 5438 | 8843 if (curbuf->b_ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
| 8844 amount -= curbuf->b_ind_jump_label; | |
| 6971 | 8845 |
| 8846 goto theend; | |
| 8847 } | |
| 8848 | |
| 8849 /* | |
| 8850 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8851 * | |
| 8852 * This means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8853 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8854 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8855 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8856 * | |
| 8857 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8858 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8859 * of a function | |
| 8860 */ | |
| 8861 | |
| 8862 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8863 { | |
| 8864 amount = curbuf->b_ind_first_open; | |
| 8865 goto theend; | |
| 8866 } | |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 /* | |
| 8869 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8870 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
| 8871 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the | |
| 8872 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line | |
| 8873 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" | |
| 8874 */ | |
| 8875 if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8876 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
| 8877 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL | |
| 8878 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL | |
| 8879 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) | |
| 8880 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8881 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8882 cur_curpos.lnum + 1) | |
| 8883 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) | |
| 8884 { | |
| 8885 amount = curbuf->b_ind_func_type; | |
| 8886 goto theend; | |
| 8887 } | |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8890 amount = 0; | |
| 8891 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8892 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8893 { | |
| 8894 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8895 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8896 | |
| 8897 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8898 | |
| 7 | 8899 /* |
| 6971 | 8900 * If we're in a comment or raw string now, skip to the start |
| 8901 * of it. | |
| 8902 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8903 if ((trypos = ind_find_start_CORS()) != NULL) | |
| 8904 { | |
| 8905 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 8906 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8907 continue; | |
| 8908 } | |
| 8909 | |
| 8910 /* | |
| 8911 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 8912 * constructor initialization? | |
| 8913 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8914 n = FALSE; | |
| 8915 if (curbuf->b_ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8916 { | |
| 8917 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&cache_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 8918 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8919 } | |
| 8920 if (n) | |
| 8921 { | |
| 8922 /* XXX */ | |
| 8923 amount = get_baseclass_amount(cache_cpp_baseclass.lpos.col); | |
| 8924 break; | |
| 7 | 8925 } |
| 8926 | |
| 8927 /* | |
| 6971 | 8928 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. |
| 8929 */ | |
| 8930 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8931 continue; | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8934 continue; | |
| 8935 | |
| 8936 /* | |
| 8937 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8938 * indentation: | |
| 8939 * int foo, | |
| 8940 * bar; | |
| 8941 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8942 * enum foobar | |
| 8943 * { | |
| 8944 * ... | |
| 8945 * } foo, | |
| 8946 * bar; | |
| 7 | 8947 */ |
| 6971 | 8948 n = 0; |
| 8949 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8950 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8951 { | |
| 8952 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8953 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8954 && (trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 8955 curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 8956 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 8957 | |
| 8958 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8959 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8960 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8961 * bla", | |
| 8962 * here; | |
| 8963 */ | |
| 8964 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8965 { | |
| 8966 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8967 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8968 break; | |
| 8969 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 8970 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8971 } | |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8976 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8977 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8978 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8979 break; | |
| 8980 } | |
| 8981 | |
| 8982 /* | |
| 8983 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8984 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8985 */ | |
| 8986 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0)) /* XXX */ | |
| 8987 break; | |
| 8988 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 /* | |
| 8991 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8992 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8993 */ | |
| 8994 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8995 break; | |
| 8996 | |
| 8997 /* (matching {) | |
| 8998 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8999 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 9000 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 9001 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 9002 */ | |
| 9003 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 9004 break; | |
| 9005 | |
| 9006 /* | |
| 9007 * If the previous line ends on '[' we are probably in an | |
| 9008 * array constant: | |
| 9009 * something = [ | |
| 9010 * 234, <- extra indent | |
| 9011 */ | |
| 9012 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"[", NULL)) | |
| 9013 { | |
| 9014 amount = get_indent() + ind_continuation; | |
| 9015 break; | |
| 9016 } | |
| 9017 | |
| 9018 /* | |
| 9019 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous | |
| 9020 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 9021 * indent then. | |
| 9022 */ | |
| 9023 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 9024 { | |
| 9025 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7 | 9026 |
| 9027 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9028 { | |
| 6971 | 9029 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 9030 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 9031 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 7 | 9032 break; |
| 6971 | 9033 } |
| 9034 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 9035 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 9036 break; | |
| 9037 | |
| 9038 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 9039 } | |
| 9040 | |
| 9041 /* | |
| 9042 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 9043 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 9044 * parameters. | |
| 9045 */ | |
| 9046 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0)) | |
| 9047 { | |
| 9048 amount = curbuf->b_ind_param; | |
| 9049 break; | |
| 9050 } | |
| 9051 | |
| 9052 /* | |
| 9053 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 9054 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 9055 * int foo, | |
| 9056 * bar; | |
| 9057 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 9058 */ | |
| 9059 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) | |
| 9060 { | |
| 9061 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 9062 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 9063 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 7 | 9064 break; |
| 6971 | 9065 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 9066 } | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 /* | |
| 9069 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 9070 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 9071 * | |
| 9072 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 9073 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 9074 */ | |
| 9075 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 9076 | |
| 9077 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(curbuf->b_ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 9078 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 9079 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 9080 break; | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 | |
| 9083 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 9084 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 9085 amount += curbuf->b_ind_comment; | |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 9088 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 9089 * here"; | |
| 9090 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 9091 * here"; | |
| 9092 */ | |
| 9093 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 9094 { | |
| 9095 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 9096 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 9097 { | |
| 9098 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 9099 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 9100 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 9101 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 9102 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7 | 9103 } |
| 9104 } | |
| 9105 | |
| 9106 theend: | |
| 6971 | 9107 if (amount < 0) |
| 9108 amount = 0; | |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 laterend: | |
| 7 | 9111 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ |
| 9112 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 9113 | |
| 9114 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 9115 | |
| 9116 return amount; | |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 static int | |
| 5442 | 9120 find_match(lookfor, ourscope) |
| 7 | 9121 int lookfor; |
| 9122 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 9123 { | |
| 9124 char_u *look; | |
| 9125 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 9126 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 9127 int elselevel; | |
| 9128 int whilelevel; | |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 9131 { | |
| 9132 elselevel = 1; | |
| 9133 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 9134 } | |
| 9135 else | |
| 9136 { | |
| 9137 elselevel = 0; | |
| 9138 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 9139 } | |
| 9140 | |
| 9141 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 9144 { | |
| 9145 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 9146 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9149 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 9150 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 9151 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 5442 | 9152 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7 | 9153 { |
| 9154 /* | |
| 9155 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 9156 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 9157 */ | |
| 5442 | 9158 theirscope = find_start_brace(); /* XXX */ |
| 7 | 9159 if (theirscope == NULL) |
| 9160 break; | |
| 9161 | |
| 9162 /* | |
| 9163 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 9164 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 9165 * out of luck too. | |
| 9166 */ | |
| 9167 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 9168 break; | |
| 9169 | |
| 9170 /* | |
| 9171 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 9172 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 9173 * different scope... | |
| 9174 */ | |
| 9175 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 9176 continue; | |
| 9177 | |
| 9178 /* | |
| 9179 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 9180 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 9181 * increment elselevel | |
| 9182 */ | |
| 9183 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9184 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 9185 { | |
| 9186 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 9187 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 9188 ++elselevel; | |
| 9189 continue; | |
| 9190 } | |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 /* | |
| 9193 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 9194 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 9195 */ | |
| 5442 | 9196 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7 | 9197 { |
| 9198 ++whilelevel; | |
| 9199 continue; | |
| 9200 } | |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 9203 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9204 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 9205 { | |
| 9206 elselevel--; | |
| 9207 /* | |
| 9208 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 9209 * get in the way. | |
| 9210 */ | |
| 9211 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 9212 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 9213 } | |
| 9214 | |
| 9215 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 9216 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 9217 whilelevel--; | |
| 9218 | |
| 9219 /* | |
| 9220 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 9221 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 9222 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 9223 */ | |
| 9224 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 9225 { | |
| 9226 return OK; | |
| 9227 } | |
| 9228 } | |
| 9229 } | |
| 9230 return FAIL; | |
| 9231 } | |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9234 /* | |
| 9235 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 9236 */ | |
| 9237 int | |
| 9238 get_expr_indent() | |
| 9239 { | |
| 9240 int indent; | |
| 4117 | 9241 pos_T save_pos; |
| 9242 colnr_T save_curswant; | |
| 9243 int save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 9244 int save_State; |
| 681 | 9245 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 9246 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 9247 |
| 4117 | 9248 /* Save and restore cursor position and curswant, in case it was changed |
| 9249 * via :normal commands */ | |
| 9250 save_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9251 save_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; | |
| 9252 save_set_curswant = curwin->w_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 9253 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); |
| 634 | 9254 if (use_sandbox) |
| 9255 ++sandbox; | |
| 9256 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 9257 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 9258 if (use_sandbox) |
| 9259 --sandbox; | |
| 9260 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 9261 |
| 9262 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 9263 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 9264 * command. */ | |
| 9265 save_State = State; | |
| 9266 State = INSERT; | |
| 4117 | 9267 curwin->w_cursor = save_pos; |
| 9268 curwin->w_curswant = save_curswant; | |
| 9269 curwin->w_set_curswant = save_set_curswant; | |
| 7 | 9270 check_cursor(); |
| 9271 State = save_State; | |
| 9272 | |
| 9273 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 9274 if (indent < 0) | |
| 9275 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 9276 | |
| 9277 return indent; | |
| 9278 } | |
| 9279 # endif | |
| 9280 | |
| 9281 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 9282 | |
| 9283 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9284 | |
| 9285 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 static int | |
| 9288 lisp_match(p) | |
| 9289 char_u *p; | |
| 9290 { | |
| 9291 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 9292 int len; | |
| 5712 | 9293 char_u *word = *curbuf->b_p_lw != NUL ? curbuf->b_p_lw : p_lispwords; |
| 7 | 9294 |
| 9295 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 9296 { | |
| 9297 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 9298 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9299 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 9300 return TRUE; | |
| 9301 } | |
| 9302 return FALSE; | |
| 9303 } | |
| 9304 | |
| 9305 /* | |
| 9306 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 9307 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 9308 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 9309 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 9310 * | |
| 9311 * TODO: | |
| 9312 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 9313 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 9314 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 9315 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 9316 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 9317 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 9318 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 9319 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 9320 */ |
| 9321 int | |
| 9322 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 9323 { | |
| 14 | 9324 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 9325 int amount; |
| 9326 char_u *that; | |
| 9327 colnr_T col; | |
| 9328 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 9329 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 9330 int vi_lisp; | |
| 9331 | |
| 9332 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 9333 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 9334 | |
| 9335 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9336 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9337 | |
| 14 | 9338 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 9339 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 9340 else | |
| 9341 { | |
| 9342 paren = *pos; | |
| 9343 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 9344 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 9345 pos = &paren; | |
| 9346 } | |
| 9347 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 9348 { |
| 9349 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 9350 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 9351 amount = -1; | |
| 9352 parencount = 0; | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 9355 { | |
| 9356 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 9357 continue; | |
| 9358 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 9359 { | |
| 9360 if (*that == ';') | |
| 9361 { | |
| 9362 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9363 ++that; | |
| 9364 continue; | |
| 9365 } | |
| 9366 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9367 { | |
| 9368 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9369 ++that; | |
| 9370 continue; | |
| 9371 } | |
| 9372 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 9373 { | |
| 983 | 9374 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 9375 { | |
| 9376 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 9377 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 9378 { | |
| 9379 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 9380 break; | |
| 9381 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 9382 { | |
| 9383 ++that; | |
| 9384 break; | |
| 9385 } | |
| 9386 } | |
| 9387 } | |
| 7 | 9388 } |
| 14 | 9389 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9390 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9391 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 9392 --parencount; |
| 9393 } | |
| 9394 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 9395 { | |
| 9396 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 9397 break; | |
| 9398 } | |
| 9399 } | |
| 9400 | |
| 9401 if (amount == -1) | |
| 9402 { | |
| 9403 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9404 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 9405 col = pos->col; | |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 9410 amount = 2; | |
| 9411 else | |
| 9412 { | |
| 5995 | 9413 char_u *line = that; |
| 9414 | |
| 7 | 9415 amount = 0; |
| 9416 while (*that && col) | |
| 9417 { | |
| 5995 | 9418 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); |
| 7 | 9419 col--; |
| 9420 } | |
| 9421 | |
| 9422 /* | |
| 9423 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 9424 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 9425 * | |
| 9426 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 9427 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 9428 */ | |
| 9429 | |
| 14 | 9430 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9431 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 9432 amount += 2; |
| 9433 else | |
| 9434 { | |
| 9435 that++; | |
| 9436 amount++; | |
| 9437 firsttry = amount; | |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9440 { | |
| 5995 | 9441 amount += lbr_chartabsize(line, that, (colnr_T)amount); |
| 7 | 9442 ++that; |
| 9443 } | |
| 9444 | |
| 9445 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 9446 { | |
| 1532 | 9447 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 9448 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 9449 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 9450 firsttry++; |
| 9451 | |
| 9452 parencount = 0; | |
| 9453 quotecount = 0; | |
| 9454 | |
| 9455 if (vi_lisp | |
| 9456 || (*that != '"' | |
| 9457 && *that != '\'' | |
| 9458 && *that != '#' | |
| 9459 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 9460 { | |
| 9461 while (*that | |
| 9462 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 9463 || quotecount | |
| 9464 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 9465 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 9466 && !quotecount |
| 9467 && !parencount | |
| 9468 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 if (*that == '"') | |
| 9471 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 9472 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 9473 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9474 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 9475 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 9476 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 9477 --parencount; |
| 9478 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 5995 | 9479 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv( |
| 9480 line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 9481 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv( | |
| 9482 line, &that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 7 | 9483 } |
| 9484 } | |
| 9485 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 9486 { | |
| 5995 | 9487 amount += lbr_chartabsize( |
| 9488 line, that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 7 | 9489 that++; |
| 9490 } | |
| 9491 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 9492 amount = firsttry; | |
| 9493 } | |
| 9494 } | |
| 9495 } | |
| 9496 } | |
| 9497 } | |
| 9498 else | |
| 14 | 9499 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 9500 |
| 9501 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 9502 | |
| 9503 return amount; | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 void | |
| 9508 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 9509 { | |
| 39 | 9510 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 9511 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 9512 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 9513 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 9514 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 9515 #endif | |
| 9516 | |
| 7 | 9517 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 9518 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9519 { | |
| 9520 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 9521 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 9522 } | |
| 9523 else | |
| 9524 #endif | |
| 9525 { | |
| 9526 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 9527 | |
| 9528 /* | |
| 9529 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 9530 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 9531 */ | |
| 9532 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 9533 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9534 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 9535 #endif | |
| 9536 stoptermcap(); | |
| 9537 out_flush(); | |
| 9538 } | |
| 9539 } | |
| 9540 | |
| 9541 /* | |
| 9542 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 9543 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 5338 | 9544 * NOTE: This may be called from deathtrap() in a signal handler, avoid unsafe |
| 9545 * functions, such as allocating memory. | |
| 7 | 9546 */ |
| 9547 void | |
| 9548 preserve_exit() | |
| 9549 { | |
| 9550 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9551 | |
| 9552 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 9553 | |
| 625 | 9554 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 9555 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 9556 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 9557 | |
| 7 | 9558 out_str(IObuff); |
| 9559 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9560 out_flush(); | |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 9563 | |
| 9564 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 9565 { | |
| 9566 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 9567 { | |
| 5338 | 9568 OUT_STR("Vim: preserving files...\n"); |
| 7 | 9569 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ |
| 9570 out_flush(); | |
| 9571 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 9572 break; | |
| 9573 } | |
| 9574 } | |
| 9575 | |
| 9576 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 9577 | |
| 5338 | 9578 OUT_STR("Vim: Finished.\n"); |
| 7 | 9579 |
| 9580 getout(1); | |
| 9581 } | |
| 9582 | |
| 9583 /* | |
| 9584 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 9585 */ | |
| 9586 int | |
| 9587 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 9588 char_u *fname; | |
| 9589 { | |
| 9590 struct stat st; | |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9593 return FALSE; | |
| 9594 return TRUE; | |
| 9595 } | |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 /* | |
| 9598 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9599 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9600 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9601 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9602 */ | |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9605 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9606 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9607 # else | |
| 9608 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9609 # endif | |
| 9610 #endif | |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9613 | |
| 9614 void | |
| 9615 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9616 { | |
| 9617 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9618 { | |
| 9619 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9620 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9621 } | |
| 9622 } | |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 /* | |
| 9625 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9626 */ | |
| 9627 void | |
| 9628 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9629 { | |
| 9630 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9631 { | |
| 9632 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9633 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9634 } | |
| 9635 } | |
| 9636 | |
| 9637 /* | |
| 2016 | 9638 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9639 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9640 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9641 */ | |
| 9642 int | |
| 9643 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9644 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9645 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9646 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9647 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9648 { | |
| 9649 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9650 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9651 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9652 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9653 int usedlen; | |
| 9654 | |
| 9655 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9656 { | |
| 9657 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9658 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9659 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9660 --emsg_off; | |
| 9661 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9662 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9663 } | |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9666 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9669 { | |
| 9670 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9671 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9672 } | |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 return ret; | |
| 9675 } | |
| 9676 | |
| 9677 /* | |
| 7 | 9678 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9679 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9680 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9681 */ |
| 9682 int | |
| 9683 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9684 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9685 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9686 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9687 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9688 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9689 { | |
| 9690 int retval; | |
| 9691 int i, j; | |
| 9692 char_u *p; | |
| 9693 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9698 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9699 return retval; |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9702 /* | |
| 9703 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9704 */ | |
| 9705 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9706 { | |
| 9707 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9710 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9711 { | |
| 9712 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9713 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9714 break; | |
| 9715 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9716 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9717 # endif | |
| 9718 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9719 { | |
| 9720 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9721 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9722 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9723 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9724 --*num_file; | |
| 9725 --i; | |
| 9726 } | |
| 9727 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 } | |
| 9730 #endif | |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 /* | |
| 9733 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9734 */ | |
| 9735 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9736 { | |
| 9737 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9738 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9739 { | |
| 9740 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9741 { | |
| 9742 /* | |
| 9743 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9744 * of the list. | |
| 9745 */ | |
| 9746 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9747 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9748 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9749 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9750 } | |
| 9751 } | |
| 9752 } | |
| 9753 | |
| 9754 return retval; | |
| 9755 } | |
| 9756 | |
| 9757 /* | |
| 9758 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9759 */ | |
| 9760 int | |
| 9761 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9762 char_u *fname; | |
| 9763 { | |
| 9764 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9765 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9766 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9767 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9768 | |
| 9769 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9770 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9771 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9772 { | |
| 9773 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9774 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9775 { | |
| 9776 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9779 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9780 { | |
| 9781 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9782 break; | |
| 9783 } | |
| 9784 } | |
| 9785 else | |
| 9786 { | |
| 9787 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9788 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9789 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9790 break; | |
| 9791 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9792 } | |
| 7 | 9793 } |
| 9794 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9795 } | |
| 9796 | |
| 9797 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9800 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9801 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9802 # endif | |
| 9803 | |
| 9804 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9805 /* | |
| 9806 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9807 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9808 */ | |
| 9809 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9810 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9811 # else | |
| 9812 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9813 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9814 # endif | |
| 9815 # endif | |
| 9816 | |
| 9817 /* | |
| 9818 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9819 */ | |
| 9820 static int _cdecl | |
| 9821 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9822 { | |
| 39 | 9823 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9824 } |
| 9825 | |
| 9826 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9827 static void | |
| 9828 namelowcpy( | |
| 9829 char_u *d, | |
| 9830 char_u *s) | |
| 9831 { | |
| 9832 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9833 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9834 while (*s) | |
| 9835 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9836 else | |
| 9837 # endif | |
| 9838 while (*s) | |
| 9839 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9840 *d = NUL; | |
| 9841 } | |
| 9842 # endif | |
| 9843 | |
| 9844 /* | |
| 445 | 9845 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9846 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9847 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9848 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9849 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9850 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9851 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9852 */ |
| 9853 static int | |
| 9854 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9855 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9856 char_u *path, | |
| 9857 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9858 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9859 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9860 { |
| 9861 char_u *buf; | |
| 9862 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9863 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9864 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9865 char_u *pat; | |
| 9866 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9867 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9868 int matches; | |
| 9869 int len; | |
| 9870 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9871 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9872 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9873 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9874 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9875 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9876 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9877 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9878 # endif | |
| 9879 #else | |
| 9880 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9881 #endif | |
| 9882 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9883 int ok; |
| 9884 | |
| 9885 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9886 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9887 { | |
| 9888 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9889 if (got_int) | |
| 9890 return 0; | |
| 9891 } | |
| 7 | 9892 |
| 9893 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9894 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9895 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9896 return 0; | |
| 9897 | |
| 9898 /* | |
| 9899 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9900 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9901 */ | |
| 9902 p = buf; | |
| 9903 s = buf; | |
| 9904 e = NULL; | |
| 9905 path_end = path; | |
| 9906 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9907 { | |
| 9908 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9909 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9910 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9911 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9912 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9913 { | |
| 9914 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9915 break; | |
| 9916 s = p + 1; | |
| 9917 } | |
| 9918 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9919 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9920 e = p; | |
| 9921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9922 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9923 { | |
| 474 | 9924 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9925 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9926 p += len; | |
| 9927 path_end += len; | |
| 9928 } | |
| 9929 else | |
| 9930 #endif | |
| 9931 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9932 } | |
| 9933 e = p; | |
| 9934 *e = NUL; | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9937 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9938 * component. */ | |
| 9939 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9940 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9941 { | |
| 1624 | 9942 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9943 --e; |
| 9944 --s; | |
| 9945 } | |
| 9946 | |
| 445 | 9947 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9948 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9949 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9950 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9951 | |
| 7 | 9952 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9953 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9954 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9955 { | |
| 9956 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9957 return 0; | |
| 9958 } | |
| 9959 | |
| 9960 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9961 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9962 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9963 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9964 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9965 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9966 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9967 vim_free(pat); |
| 9968 | |
| 3261 | 9969 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9970 { |
| 9971 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9972 return 0; | |
| 9973 } | |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9976 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9977 | |
| 445 | 9978 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9979 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9980 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9981 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9982 { | |
| 9983 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9984 ++stardepth; | |
| 9985 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9986 --stardepth; | |
| 9987 } | |
| 9988 | |
| 7 | 9989 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9990 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9991 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9992 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9993 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9994 { | |
| 9995 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9996 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9997 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9998 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9999 if (wn != NULL) |
| 10000 { | |
| 10001 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 10002 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 10003 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 10004 { | |
| 10005 vim_free(wn); | |
| 10006 wn = NULL; | |
| 10007 } | |
| 10008 } | |
| 10009 } | |
| 10010 | |
| 10011 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 10012 # endif | |
| 10013 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 10014 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 10015 #else | |
| 10016 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 10017 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 10018 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 10019 #endif | |
| 10020 | |
| 10021 while (ok) | |
| 10022 { | |
| 10023 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10024 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10025 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 10026 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 10027 else |
| 10028 # endif | |
| 10029 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 10030 #else | |
| 10031 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 10032 #endif | |
| 10033 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 10034 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 10035 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 10036 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 10037 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 10038 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 10039 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 10040 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 10041 { |
| 10042 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10043 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 10044 #else | |
| 10045 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 10046 #endif | |
| 10047 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 10048 |
| 10049 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 10050 { | |
| 10051 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 10052 * find matches. */ | |
| 10053 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 10054 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 10055 ++stardepth; | |
| 10056 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 10057 --stardepth; | |
| 10058 } | |
| 10059 | |
| 7 | 10060 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 10061 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 10062 { | |
| 10063 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 10064 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 10065 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 10066 } |
| 10067 else | |
| 10068 { | |
| 10069 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 10070 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 10071 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 10072 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 10073 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 10074 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 10075 } | |
| 10076 } | |
| 10077 | |
| 10078 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10079 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10080 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 10081 { | |
| 10082 vim_free(p); | |
| 10083 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 10084 } | |
| 10085 else | |
| 10086 # endif | |
| 10087 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 10088 #else | |
| 10089 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 10090 #endif | |
| 10091 | |
| 10092 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 10093 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 10094 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 10095 { | |
| 10096 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 10097 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10098 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 10099 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10100 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 10101 { | |
| 10102 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 10103 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 10104 if (wn != NULL) |
| 10105 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 10106 } | |
| 10107 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 10108 # endif | |
| 10109 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 10110 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 10111 #else | |
| 10112 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 10113 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 10114 #endif | |
| 10115 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 10116 matchname = NULL; | |
| 10117 } | |
| 10118 } | |
| 10119 | |
| 10120 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 10121 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 10122 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10123 vim_free(wn); | |
| 10124 # endif | |
| 10125 #endif | |
| 10126 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10127 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 7 | 10128 vim_free(matchname); |
| 10129 | |
| 10130 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 10131 if (matches > 0) | |
| 10132 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 10133 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 10134 return matches; | |
| 10135 } | |
| 10136 | |
| 10137 int | |
| 10138 mch_expandpath( | |
| 10139 garray_T *gap, | |
| 10140 char_u *path, | |
| 10141 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10142 { | |
| 445 | 10143 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 10144 } |
| 10145 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 10146 | |
| 445 | 10147 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 10148 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10149 /* | |
| 10150 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10151 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 10152 */ | |
| 10153 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 10154 | |
| 10155 static int | |
| 10156 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 10157 const void *a, *b; | |
| 10158 { | |
| 10159 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 10160 } | |
| 10161 | |
| 10162 /* | |
| 10163 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 10164 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 10165 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 10166 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 10167 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 10168 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 10169 */ | |
| 10170 int | |
| 10171 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 10172 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10173 char_u *path; | |
| 10174 int wildoff; | |
| 10175 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10176 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 10177 { | |
| 10178 char_u *buf; | |
| 10179 char_u *path_end; | |
| 10180 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 10181 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 10182 char_u *pat; | |
| 10183 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 10184 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 10185 int matches; | |
| 10186 int len; | |
| 10187 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 10188 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 10189 | |
| 10190 DIR *dirp; | |
| 10191 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 10192 | |
| 10193 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 10194 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 10195 { | |
| 10196 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 10197 if (got_int) | |
| 10198 return 0; | |
| 10199 } | |
| 10200 | |
| 10201 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 10202 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 10203 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 10204 return 0; | |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 /* | |
| 10207 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 10208 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 10209 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 10210 */ | |
| 10211 p = buf; | |
| 10212 s = buf; | |
| 10213 e = NULL; | |
| 10214 path_end = path; | |
| 10215 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 10216 { | |
| 10217 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 10218 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 10219 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 10220 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 10221 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 10222 { | |
| 10223 if (e != NULL) | |
| 10224 break; | |
| 10225 s = p + 1; | |
| 10226 } | |
| 10227 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 10228 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 4242 | 10229 || (!p_fic && (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 10230 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))))) | |
| 445 | 10231 e = p; |
| 10232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10233 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10234 { | |
| 474 | 10235 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 10236 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 10237 p += len; | |
| 10238 path_end += len; | |
| 10239 } | |
| 10240 else | |
| 10241 #endif | |
| 10242 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 10243 } | |
| 10244 e = p; | |
| 10245 *e = NUL; | |
| 10246 | |
| 2984 | 10247 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 10248 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 10249 * component. */ | |
| 10250 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 10251 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 10252 { | |
| 1624 | 10253 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 10254 --e; |
| 10255 --s; | |
| 10256 } | |
| 10257 | |
| 10258 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 10259 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 10260 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 10261 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 10262 | |
| 10263 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 10264 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 10265 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 10266 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 10267 { | |
| 10268 vim_free(buf); | |
| 10269 return 0; | |
| 10270 } | |
| 10271 | |
| 10272 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 2652 | 10273 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 10274 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 10275 else | |
| 4242 | 10276 regmatch.rm_ic = p_fic; /* ignore case when 'fileignorecase' is set */ |
| 3261 | 10277 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 10278 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 10279 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 10280 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 10281 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 10282 vim_free(pat); |
| 10283 | |
| 3261 | 10284 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 10285 { |
| 10286 vim_free(buf); | |
| 10287 return 0; | |
| 10288 } | |
| 10289 | |
| 10290 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 10291 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 10292 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 10293 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 10294 { | |
| 10295 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 10296 ++stardepth; | |
| 10297 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 10298 --stardepth; | |
| 10299 } | |
| 10300 | |
| 10301 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 10302 *s = NUL; | |
| 10303 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 10304 | |
| 10305 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 10306 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 10307 { | |
| 10308 for (;;) | |
| 10309 { | |
| 10310 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 10311 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 10312 break; | |
| 10313 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 10314 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 10315 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 10316 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 10317 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 10318 { |
| 10319 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 10320 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 10321 | |
| 10322 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 10323 { | |
| 10324 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 10325 * find matches. */ | |
| 10326 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 10327 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 10328 ++stardepth; | |
| 10329 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 10330 --stardepth; | |
| 10331 } | |
| 10332 | |
| 10333 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 10334 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 10335 { | |
| 10336 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 10337 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 10338 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 10339 } | |
| 10340 else | |
| 10341 { | |
| 6663 | 10342 struct stat sb; |
| 10343 | |
| 445 | 10344 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ |
| 10345 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 10346 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 10347 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 6663 | 10348 /* add existing file or symbolic link */ |
| 6665 | 10349 if ((flags & EW_ALLLINKS) ? mch_lstat((char *)buf, &sb) >= 0 |
| 6663 | 10350 : mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) |
| 445 | 10351 { |
| 768 | 10352 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 10353 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 10354 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 10355 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 10356 |
| 445 | 10357 if (precomp_buf) |
| 10358 { | |
| 10359 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 10360 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 10361 } | |
| 10362 #endif | |
| 10363 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 10364 } | |
| 10365 } | |
| 10366 } | |
| 10367 } | |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 closedir(dirp); | |
| 10370 } | |
| 10371 | |
| 10372 vim_free(buf); | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10373 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
| 445 | 10374 |
| 10375 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 10376 if (matches > 0) | |
| 10377 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 10378 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 10379 return matches; | |
| 10380 } | |
| 10381 #endif | |
| 10382 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10383 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10384 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10385 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10386 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10387 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10388 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10389 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10390 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10391 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10392 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10393 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10394 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10395 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10396 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10397 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10398 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10399 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10400 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10401 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10402 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10403 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10404 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10405 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10406 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10407 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10408 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10409 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10410 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10411 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10412 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10413 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10414 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10415 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10416 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10417 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10418 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10419 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10420 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10421 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10422 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10423 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10424 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10425 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10426 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10427 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10428 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10429 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10430 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10431 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10432 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10433 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10434 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10435 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10436 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10437 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10438 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10439 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10440 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10441 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 10442 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 10443 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10444 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10445 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10446 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10447 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10448 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10449 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10450 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
10451 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10452 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10453 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10454 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10455 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10456 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10457 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10458 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10459 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10460 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10461 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10462 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10463 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10464 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10465 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10466 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10467 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10468 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10469 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10470 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10471 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10472 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10473 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10474 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10475 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10476 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10477 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10478 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10479 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10480 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10481 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10482 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10483 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10484 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10485 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10486 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10487 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10488 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10489 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10490 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10491 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10492 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10493 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10494 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10495 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10496 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10497 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10498 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10499 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
10500 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10501 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10502 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10503 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10504 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10505 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10506 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10507 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10508 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10509 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
10510 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10511 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10512 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10513 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10514 break; |
| 4335 | 10515 |
| 10516 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) | |
| 10517 /* Avoid the path ending in a backslash, it fails when a comma is | |
| 10518 * appended. */ | |
| 4342 | 10519 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 4335 | 10520 if (buf[len - 1] == '\\') |
| 10521 buf[len - 1] = '/'; | |
| 10522 # endif | |
| 10523 | |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10524 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10525 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10526 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10527 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10528 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10529 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10530 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10531 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10532 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10533 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10534 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10535 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10536 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10537 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10538 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10539 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10540 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10541 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10542 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10543 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10544 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10545 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10546 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10547 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10548 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10549 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10550 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10551 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10552 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10553 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10554 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10555 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
10556 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10557 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10558 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10559 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10560 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10561 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10562 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10563 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10564 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10565 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10566 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10567 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10568 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10569 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10570 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10571 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10572 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10573 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10574 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10575 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10576 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10577 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10578 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10579 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10580 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10581 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10582 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10583 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10584 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10585 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10586 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10587 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10588 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10589 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10590 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10591 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10592 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10593 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10594 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10595 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10596 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10597 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10598 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10599 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10600 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10601 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10602 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10603 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10604 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10605 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10606 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10607 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10608 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10609 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10610 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10611 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10612 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10613 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10614 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10615 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10616 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10617 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10618 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10619 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10620 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10621 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10622 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10623 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10624 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10625 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10626 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10627 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10628 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10629 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10630 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10631 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10632 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10633 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10634 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10635 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10636 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10637 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10638 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10639 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10640 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10641 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10642 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10643 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10644 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10645 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10646 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10647 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10648 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10649 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10650 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10651 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10652 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10653 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10654 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10655 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10656 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10657 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10658 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10659 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10660 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10661 } |
| 2538 | 10662 |
| 10663 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10664 { | |
| 10665 /* | |
| 10666 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10667 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10668 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10669 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10670 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10671 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10672 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10673 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10674 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10675 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10676 */ |
| 10677 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10678 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10679 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10680 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10681 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10682 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10683 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10684 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10685 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10686 ) |
| 2538 | 10687 { |
| 10688 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10689 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10690 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10691 } |
| 10692 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10693 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10694 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10695 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10696 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10697 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10698 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10699 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10700 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10701 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10702 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10703 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10704 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10705 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10706 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10707 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10708 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10709 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10710 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10711 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10712 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10713 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10714 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10715 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10716 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10717 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10718 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10719 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10720 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10721 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10722 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10723 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10724 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10725 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10726 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10727 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10728 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10729 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10730 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10731 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10732 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10733 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10734 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10735 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10736 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10737 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4752
diff
changeset
|
10738 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10739 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10740 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10741 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10742 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10743 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10744 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10745 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10746 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10747 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10748 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10749 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10750 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10751 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10752 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10753 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10754 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10755 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10756 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10757 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10758 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10759 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10760 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10761 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10762 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10763 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10764 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10765 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10766 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10767 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10768 |
| 5873 | 10769 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga, ","); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10770 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10771 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10772 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10773 |
| 5873 | 10774 globpath(paths, pattern, gap, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10775 vim_free(paths); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10776 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10777 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10778 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10779 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10780 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10781 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10782 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10783 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10784 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10785 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10786 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10787 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10788 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10789 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10790 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10791 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10792 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10793 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10794 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10795 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10796 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10797 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10798 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10799 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10800 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10801 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10802 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10803 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10804 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10805 |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10806 static int has_env_var __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10807 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10808 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10809 * Return TRUE if "p" contains what looks like an environment variable. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10810 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10811 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10812 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10813 has_env_var(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10814 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10815 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10816 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10817 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10818 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10819 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10820 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10821 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10822 "$%" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10823 #else |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10824 "$" |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10825 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10826 , *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10827 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10828 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10829 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10830 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10831 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10832 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10833 static int has_special_wildchar __ARGS((char_u *p)); |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10834 |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10835 /* |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10836 * Return TRUE if "p" contains a special wildcard character. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10837 * Allowing for escaping. |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10838 */ |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10839 static int |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10840 has_special_wildchar(p) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10841 char_u *p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10842 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10843 for ( ; *p; mb_ptr_adv(p)) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10844 { |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10845 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10846 ++p; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10847 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR, *p) != NULL) |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10848 return TRUE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10849 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10850 return FALSE; |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10851 } |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10852 #endif |
|
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10853 |
| 7 | 10854 /* |
| 10855 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10856 * | |
| 10857 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10858 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10859 * | |
| 10860 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10861 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10862 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10863 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10864 */ | |
| 10865 int | |
| 10866 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10867 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10868 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10869 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10870 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10871 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10872 { | |
| 10873 int i; | |
| 10874 garray_T ga; | |
| 10875 char_u *p; | |
| 10876 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10877 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10878 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10879 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10880 #endif |
| 7 | 10881 |
| 10882 /* | |
| 10883 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10884 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10885 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10886 * return FAIL. | |
| 10887 */ | |
| 10888 if (recursive) | |
| 10889 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10890 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10891 #else | |
| 10892 return FAIL; | |
| 10893 #endif | |
| 10894 | |
| 10895 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10896 /* | |
| 10897 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10898 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10899 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10900 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10901 */ | |
| 10902 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10903 { | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10904 if (has_special_wildchar(pat[i]) |
| 7 | 10905 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK |
| 10906 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10907 # endif | |
| 10908 ) | |
| 10909 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10910 } | |
| 10911 #endif | |
| 10912 | |
| 10913 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10914 | |
| 10915 /* | |
| 10916 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10917 */ | |
| 10918 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10919 | |
| 10920 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10921 { | |
| 10922 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10923 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10924 | |
| 10925 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10926 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10927 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10928 else | |
| 10929 #endif | |
| 10930 { | |
| 10931 /* | |
| 10932 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10933 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10934 if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10935 { |
| 1408 | 10936 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10937 if (p == NULL) |
| 10938 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10939 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10940 /* | |
| 10941 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10942 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10943 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10944 */ | |
|
5104
93cccad6a26b
updated for version 7.3.1295
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4940
diff
changeset
|
10945 else if (has_env_var(p) || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10946 { |
| 10947 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10948 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10949 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 6174 | 10950 flags|EW_KEEPDOLLAR); |
| 7 | 10951 recursive = FALSE; |
| 10952 return i; | |
| 10953 } | |
| 10954 #endif | |
| 10955 } | |
| 10956 | |
| 10957 /* | |
| 10958 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10959 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10960 * the pattern. | |
| 10961 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10962 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10963 */ | |
| 10964 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10965 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10966 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10967 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10968 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10969 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10970 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10971 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10972 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10973 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10974 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10975 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10976 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10977 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10978 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10979 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10980 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10981 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10982 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10983 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10984 } |
| 7 | 10985 } |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10988 { | |
| 10989 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10990 | |
| 10991 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10992 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10993 #endif | |
| 10994 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10995 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10996 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10997 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10998 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10999 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 11000 vim_free(t); | |
| 11001 } | |
| 11002 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
11003 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
11004 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
11005 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
11006 #endif |
| 7 | 11007 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 11008 vim_free(p); | |
| 11009 } | |
| 11010 | |
| 11011 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 11012 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 11013 | |
| 11014 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 11015 | |
| 11016 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 11017 } | |
| 11018 | |
| 11019 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 11020 | |
| 11021 /* | |
| 11022 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 11023 */ | |
| 11024 static int | |
| 11025 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 11026 char_u *p; | |
| 11027 { | |
| 11028 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 11029 } | |
| 11030 | |
| 11031 /* | |
| 11032 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 11033 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 11034 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 11035 */ | |
| 11036 static int | |
| 11037 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 11038 garray_T *gap; | |
| 11039 char_u *pat; | |
| 11040 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 11041 { | |
| 11042 char_u *p; | |
| 11043 char_u *cmd; | |
| 11044 char_u *buffer; | |
| 11045 int cnt = 0; | |
| 11046 int i; | |
| 11047 | |
| 11048 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 11049 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 11050 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 11051 return 0; | |
| 11052 | |
| 11053 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 11054 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 11055 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 11056 else |
| 11057 #endif | |
| 24 | 11058 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 5808 | 11059 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0, NULL); |
| 7 | 11060 vim_free(cmd); |
| 11061 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 11062 return 0; | |
| 11063 | |
| 11064 cmd = buffer; | |
| 11065 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 11066 { | |
| 11067 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 11068 p = cmd; | |
| 11069 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 11070 ++p; | |
| 11071 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 11072 if (p > cmd) | |
| 11073 { | |
| 11074 i = *p; | |
| 11075 *p = NUL; | |
| 11076 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 11077 *p = i; | |
| 11078 ++cnt; | |
| 11079 } | |
| 11080 cmd = p; | |
| 11081 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 11082 ++cmd; | |
| 11083 } | |
| 11084 | |
| 11085 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 11086 return cnt; | |
| 11087 } | |
| 11088 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 11089 | |
| 11090 /* | |
| 11091 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 11092 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 11093 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 11094 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 11095 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 11096 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 6663 | 11097 * EW_ALLLINKS add symlink also when the referred file does not exist |
| 7 | 11098 */ |
| 11099 void | |
| 11100 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 11101 garray_T *gap; | |
| 11102 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 11103 int flags; | |
| 11104 { | |
| 11105 char_u *p; | |
| 11106 int isdir; | |
| 6663 | 11107 struct stat sb; |
| 11108 | |
| 11109 /* if the file/dir/link doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 11110 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && ((flags & EW_ALLLINKS) | |
| 6665 | 11111 ? mch_lstat((char *)f, &sb) < 0 : mch_getperm(f) < 0)) |
| 7 | 11112 return; |
| 11113 | |
| 11114 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 11115 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 11116 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 11117 return; | |
| 11118 #endif | |
| 11119 | |
| 11120 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 11121 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 11122 return; | |
| 11123 | |
| 6695 | 11124 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. |
| 11125 * When invoked from expand_shellcmd() do not use $PATH. */ | |
| 11126 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) | |
| 11127 && !mch_can_exe(f, NULL, !(flags & EW_SHELLCMD))) | |
| 716 | 11128 return; |
| 11129 | |
| 7 | 11130 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 11131 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 11132 return; | |
| 11133 | |
| 11134 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 11135 if (p == NULL) | |
| 11136 return; | |
| 11137 | |
| 11138 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 11139 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 11140 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 11141 #endif | |
| 11142 /* | |
| 11143 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 11144 */ | |
| 11145 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 11146 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 11147 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 11148 #endif | |
| 11149 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 11150 } | |
| 11151 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 11152 | |
| 11153 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 11154 | |
| 11155 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 11156 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 11157 #endif | |
| 11158 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 11159 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 11160 #endif | |
| 11161 | |
| 11162 /* | |
| 11163 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 5808 | 11164 * If "ret_len" is NULL replace NUL characters with NL. When "ret_len" is not |
| 11165 * NULL store the length there. | |
| 7 | 11166 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. |
| 11167 */ | |
| 11168 char_u * | |
| 5808 | 11169 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags, ret_len) |
| 7 | 11170 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 11171 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 11172 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 5808 | 11173 int *ret_len; |
| 7 | 11174 { |
| 11175 char_u *tempname; | |
| 11176 char_u *command; | |
| 11177 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 11178 int len; | |
| 11179 int i = 0; | |
| 11180 FILE *fd; | |
| 11181 | |
| 11182 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 11183 return NULL; | |
| 11184 | |
| 11185 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 6721 | 11186 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o', FALSE)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 11187 { |
| 11188 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 11189 return NULL; | |
| 11190 } | |
| 11191 | |
| 11192 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 11193 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 11194 if (command == NULL) |
| 11195 goto done; | |
| 11196 | |
| 11197 /* | |
| 11198 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 11199 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 11200 */ | |
| 11201 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 11202 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 11203 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 11204 | |
| 11205 vim_free(command); | |
| 11206 | |
| 11207 /* | |
| 11208 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 11209 */ | |
| 11210 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 11211 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 11212 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 11213 # else | |
| 11214 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 11215 # endif | |
| 11216 | |
| 11217 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 11218 { | |
| 11219 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 11220 goto done; | |
| 11221 } | |
| 11222 | |
| 11223 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 11224 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 11225 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 11226 | |
| 11227 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 11228 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 11229 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 11230 fclose(fd); | |
| 11231 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 11232 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 11233 goto done; | |
| 11234 #ifdef VMS | |
| 11235 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 11236 #endif | |
| 11237 if (i != len) | |
| 11238 { | |
| 11239 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 11240 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 11241 buffer = NULL; | |
| 11242 } | |
| 5808 | 11243 else if (ret_len == NULL) |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
11244 { |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
11245 /* Change NUL into SOH, otherwise the string is truncated. */ |
|
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
11246 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
|
5275
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
11247 if (buffer[i] == NUL) |
|
3ddec3d25bd1
updated for version 7.4b.014
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5271
diff
changeset
|
11248 buffer[i] = 1; |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
11249 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
11250 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
|
5271
25f67b62afd8
updated for version 7.4b.012
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5104
diff
changeset
|
11251 } |
| 5808 | 11252 else |
| 11253 *ret_len = len; | |
| 7 | 11254 |
| 11255 done: | |
| 11256 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 11257 return buffer; | |
| 11258 } | |
| 11259 #endif | |
| 11260 | |
| 11261 /* | |
| 11262 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 11263 * functions. | |
| 11264 */ | |
| 11265 void | |
| 11266 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 11267 int count; | |
| 11268 char_u **files; | |
| 11269 { | |
| 838 | 11270 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 11271 return; |
| 11272 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 11273 /* | |
| 11274 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 11275 * been used??? | |
| 11276 */ | |
| 11277 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 11278 #else | |
| 11279 while (count--) | |
| 11280 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 11281 vim_free(files); | |
| 11282 #endif | |
| 11283 } | |
| 11284 | |
| 11285 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
11286 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 11287 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 11288 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 11289 */ | |
| 11290 int | |
| 11291 goto_im() | |
| 11292 { | |
| 11293 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 11294 } | |
| 5867 | 11295 |
| 11296 /* | |
| 5911 | 11297 * Returns the isolated name of the shell in allocated memory: |
| 5867 | 11298 * - Skip beyond any path. E.g., "/usr/bin/csh -f" -> "csh -f". |
| 11299 * - Remove any argument. E.g., "csh -f" -> "csh". | |
| 11300 * But don't allow a space in the path, so that this works: | |
| 11301 * "/usr/bin/csh --rcfile ~/.cshrc" | |
| 11302 * But don't do that for Windows, it's common to have a space in the path. | |
| 11303 */ | |
| 11304 char_u * | |
| 11305 get_isolated_shell_name() | |
| 11306 { | |
| 11307 char_u *p; | |
| 11308 | |
| 11309 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 11310 p = gettail(p_sh); | |
| 11311 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p)); | |
| 11312 #else | |
| 11313 p = skiptowhite(p_sh); | |
| 11314 if (*p == NUL) | |
| 11315 { | |
| 11316 /* No white space, use the tail. */ | |
| 11317 p = vim_strsave(gettail(p_sh)); | |
| 11318 } | |
| 11319 else | |
| 11320 { | |
| 11321 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 11322 | |
| 11323 /* Find the last path separator before the space. */ | |
| 11324 p1 = p_sh; | |
| 11325 for (p2 = p_sh; p2 < p; mb_ptr_adv(p2)) | |
| 11326 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 11327 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 11328 p = vim_strnsave(p1, (int)(p - p1)); | |
| 11329 } | |
| 11330 #endif | |
| 11331 return p; | |
| 11332 } |